Prabhupada Slokas

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 219

Selected Verses from the Various

Books of His Divine Grace


A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupäda
Founder-Äcärya of the International Society for Kåñëa Consciousness
Compiled by The Bhaktivedanta Archives

1. Auspicious Invocation Mantras


2. Bhagavad-gétä
3. Çrémad Bhägavatam
4. Caitanya-caritämåta
5. Govindam Prayers: Çré Brahma-saàhitä
6. Vedänta-sütra
7. The Upaniñads
8. Caitanya Bhägavata
9. Six Gosvämés & Others
10. Puräëas
11. Mahäbhärata
12. Other Vedic Literatures
13. Previous Äcäryas
14. Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura
15. Narottama däsa Öhäkura
16. Jayadeva Gosvämé
17. Néti Çästra by Cäëakya Paëòita
18. Non Devotees
19. Quotes from Other Sources

Auspicious Invocation Mantras

Çré guru-praëäma

1
oà ajïäna-timirändhasya jïänäïjana-çaläkayä
cakñur unmélitaà yena tasmai çré-gurave namaù
oà—address; ajïäna—of ignorance; timira—by the darkness; andhasya—of
one who was blinded; jïäna-aïjana—by the ointment of spiritual knowledge;
çaläkayä—by a medical instrument called a çaläkayä which is used to apply
medical ointment to eyes afflicted with cataracts; cakñuù—eyes;
unmélitam—were opened; yena—by whom; tasmai—unto him;
çré-gurave—unto my spiritual master; namaù—obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto my spiritual master, who has opened my


eyes, which were blinded by the darkness of ignorance, with the torchlight of
knowledge.

mükaà karoti väcälaà


paìguà laìghayate girim
yat-kåpä tam ahaà vande
çré guruà dina-täraëam
mükam—a dumb man; karoti—makes; väcälam—an eloquent speaker;
paìgum—a lame man; langhayate—cause to cross over; girim—a mountain;
yat-kåpä—whose mercy; tam—unto Him; aham—I; vande—offer obeisances;
çré gurum—(my) spiritual master; dina—the fallen/poor; täraëam—delivers.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto my spiritual master, the deliverer of all


fallen souls, whose mercy turns the dumb into eloquent speakers, and enables
the lame to cross mountains.

(Adapted from Bhavärtha Dipikä, Maìgala Stotram 1)

Maëgaläcaraëa

vande 'haà çré-guroù çré-yuta-pada-kamalaà çré-gurün vaiñëaväàç ca


çré-rüpaà sägrajätaà saha-gaëa-raghunäthänvitaà taà sa-jévam
sädvaitaà sävadhütaà parijana-sahitaà kåñëa-caitanya-devaà
çré-rädhä-kåñëa-pädän saha-gaëa-lalitä-çré-viçäkhänvitäàç ca
vande—offer my respectful obeisances; aham—I; çré-guroù—of my spiritual

2
master; çré-yuta-pada-kamalam—unto the opulent lotus feet; çré-gurün—unto
the spiritual masters; vaiñëavän—unto all Vaiñëavas; ca—and;
çré-rüpam—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sa-agra-jätam—with his elder brother,
Çré Sanätana Gosvämé; saha-gaëa—raghunätha-anvitam—with Raghunätha
däsa Gosvämé and his associates; tam—unto him; sa-jévam—with Jéva
Gosvämé; sa-advaitam—with Advaita Äcärya; sa-avadhütam—with Lord
Nityänanda; parijana—sahitam—and with all the other associates;
kåñëa-caitanya-devam—unto Lord Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu;
çré-rädha-kåñëa-pädän—unto the lotus feet of Rädhä and Kåñëa;
saha-gana-with associates; lalitä-çré-viçäkhä-anvitan—accompanied by Lalitä
and Çré Viçäkhä; ca—also.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master and of
all other preceptors on the path of devotional service. I offer my respectful
obeisances unto all the Vaiñëavas and unto the Six Gosvämés, including Çréla
Rüpa Gosvämé, Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé, Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Jéva
Gosvämé, and their associates. I offer my respectful obeisances unto Çré Advaita
Äcärya Prabhu, Çré Nityänanda Prabhu, Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu and all His
devotees, headed by Çréväsa Öhäkura. I then offer my respectful obeisances
unto the lotus feet of Lord Kåñëa, Çrématé Rädhäräëé, and all the gopés, headed
by Lalitä and Viçakhä.

Çré Rüpa Gosvämé Praëäma

çré-caitanya-mano-'bhéñöaà sthäpitaà yena bhü-tale


svayaà rüpaù kadä mahyaà dadäti sva-padäntikam
çré-caitanya—of Lord Caitanya; manaù—within the mind; abhéñöam—what is
desired; sthäpitam—established; yena—by whom; bhü-tale—on the surface of
the globe; svayam—himself; rüpaù—Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; kadä—when;
mahyam—unto me; dadäti—will give; sva—his own; pada—lotus feet;
äntikam—proximity to.

When will Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé Prabhupäda, who has established within this
material world the mission to fulfill the desire of Lord Caitanya, give me shelter
under his lotus feet?

3
Çréla Prabhupäda Praëati

nama oà viñëu-pädäya kåñëa-preñöäya bhü-tale


çrémate bhaktivedänta-svämin iti nämine
namaù—obeisances; oà—address; viñëu-pädäya—unto him who is at the feet
of Lord Viñëu; kåñëa-preñöhäya—who is very dear to Lord Kåñëa; bhü-tale—on
the earth; çrémate—all-beautiful; bhaktivedänta-svämin—A.C. Bhaktivedänta
Swämi; iti—thus; nämine—who is named.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta


Swami Prabhupäda, who is very dear to Lord Kåñëa on this earth, having taken
shelter at His lotus feet.

namas te särasvate deve gaura-väëé-pracäriëe


nirviçeña-çünyavädi-päçcätya-deça-täriëe
namaù—obeisances; te—unto you; särasvate deve—servant of Bhaktisiddhänta
Sarasvaté Gosvämé; gaura-väëé—the message of Lord Caitanya;
pracäriëe—who are preaching; nirviçeña—from impersonalism;
çünya-vädi—from voidism; päçcätya—Western; deça—countries; täriëe—who
are delivering.

Our respectful obeisances are unto you, O spiritual master, servant of Sarasvaté
Gosvämé. You are kindly preaching the message of Lord Caitanyadeva and
delivering the Western countries, which are filled with impersonalism and
voidism.

Çréla Bhaktisiddhänta Sarasvaté Praëati

nama oà viñëu-pädäya kåñëa-preñöhäya bhü-tale


çrémate bhaktisiddhänta-sarasvatéti nämine

I offer my respectful obeisances unto His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhänta

4
Sarasvaté Gosvämé Öhäkura, who is very dear to Lord Kåñëa, having taken
shelter at His lotus feet.

çré-värñabhänavé-devé-dayitäya kåpäbdhaye
kåñëa-sambandha-vijïäna-däyine prabhave namaù
çré-värñabhänavé-devé-dayitäya—unto Çré Värñabhänavé-devé-dayita däsa, the
servant of the lover of Çrémäté Rädhäräëé; kåpä-abdhaye—who is an ocean of
mercy; kåñëa-sambandha—of the relationship with Kåñëa; vijïäna—of the
science; däyine—who is the deliverer; prabhave—unto the master;
namaù—obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances to Çréla Värñabhänavé-devé-dayita däsa [another


name of Çréla Bhaktisiddhänta Sarasvaté], who is favored by Çrématé Rädhäräëé
and who is the ocean of transcendental mercy and the deliverer of the science of
Kåñëa.

mädhuryojjvala-premäòhya-çré-rüpänuga-bhaktida-
çré-gaura-karuëä-çakti-vigrahäya namo 'stu te
mädhurya—conjugal; ujjvala—brilliant; prema—love; äòhya—enriched with;
çré-rüpa-anuga—following Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; bhakti-da—delivering
devotional service; çré-gaura—of Lord Caitanya Mahäprabhu; karuëä—of the
mercy; çakti—energy; vigrahäya—unto the personified; namaù—obeisances;
astu—let there be; te—unto you.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto you, the personified energy of Çré


Caitanya Mahäprabhu's mercy, who delivers devotional service enriched with
conjugal love of Çré Çré Rädhä and Kåñëa, coming exactly in the line of
revelation of Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé.

namas te gaura-väëé-çré-mürtaye déna-täriëe


rüpänuga-viruddhäpasiddhänta-dhvänta-häriëe
namaù—obeisances; te—unto you; gaura-väëé—teachings of Lord Caitanya;
çré-mürtaye—unto the personified; déna—of the fallen; täriëe—unto the
deliverer; rüpa-anuga—the philosophy that follows the teachings of Çréla Rüpa

5
Gosvämé; viruddha—against; apasiddhänta—of unauthorized statements;
dhvänta—the darkness; häriëe—unto you who are removing.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto you, who are the personified teachings of
Lord Caitanya. You are the deliverer of the fallen souls. You do not tolerate any
statement against the teachings of devotional service enunciated by Çréla Rüpa
Gosvämé.

Çréla-Gaurakiçora-Praëati

namo gaura-kiçoräya säkñäd-vairägya-mürtaye


vipralambha-rasämbhodhe pädämbujäya te namaù
namaù—obeisances; gaura-kiçoräya—unto Gaura-kiçora däsa Bäbäjé;
säkñät—directly; vairägya—renunciation; mürtaye—unto the personified;
vipralambha—of separation from Kåñëa; rasa—of the mellow; ambodhe—O
ocean; päda-ambujäya—unto the lotus feet; te—your; namaù—obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Çréla Gaurakiçora däsa Bäbäjé Mahäräja


[the spiritual master of Çréla Bhaktisiddhänta Sarasvaté], who is renunciation
personified. He is always merged in a feeling of separation and intense love of
Kåñëa.

Çréla-Bhaktivinoda-Praëati

namo bhaktivinodäya sac-cid-änanda-nämine


gaura-çakti-svarüpäya rüpänuga-varäya te
namaù—obeisances; bhaktivinodäya—unto Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura;
sat-cit-änanda-nämine—known as Saccidänanda; gaura—of Lord Caitanya;
çakti—energy; svarüpäya—unto the personified; rüpa-anuga-varäya—who is a
revered follower of Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; te—unto you.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Çréla Saccidänanda Bhaktivinoda, who is


the transcendental energy of Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu. He is a strict follower
of the Gosvämés, headed by Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé.

6
Çréla-Jagannätha-Praëati

gaurävirbhäva-bhümes tvaà nirdeñöä saj-jana-priyaù


vaiñëava-särvabhaumaù çré-jagannäthäya te namaù
gaura—of Lord Caitanya; ävirbhäva—of the appearance; bhümeù—of the
place; tvam—you; nirdeñöä—the indicator; sat-jana—to all saintly persons;
priyaù—dear; vaiñëava—of the Vaiñëavas; särvabhaumaù—chief;
çré-jagannäthäya—unto Jagannätha däsa Bäbäjé; te—unto you;
namaù—obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances to Çréla Jagannätha däsa Bäbäjé, who is


respected by the entire Vaiñëava community and who confirmed the discovery
of the place where Lord Caitanya appeared.

Çré Vaiñëava Praëäma

väïchä-kalpatarubhyaç ca kåpä-sindhubhya eva ca


patitänäà pävenebhyo vaiñëavebhyo namo namaù
väïchä-kalpa-tarubhyaù—who are desire trees; ca—and; kåpä—of mercy;
sindhubhyaù—who are oceans; eva—certainly; ca—and; patitänäm—of the
fallen souls; pävanebhyaù—who are the purifiers; vaiñëavebhyaù—unto the
Vaiñëavas; namaù namaù—repeated obeisances.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiñëava devotees of the Lord.
They are just like desire trees who can fulfill the desires of everyone, and they
are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.

Çré Gauräìga Praëäma

namo mahä-vadänyäya kåñëa-prema-pradäya te


kåñëäya kåñëa-caitanya-nämne gaura-tviñe namaù

7
namaù—obeisances; mahä-vädanyäya—who is most munificent and charitably
disposed; kåñëa-prema—love of Kåñëa; pradäya—who can give; te—unto You;
kåñëäya—unto Kåñëa, the original Personality of Godhead;
kåñëa-caitanya-nämne—under the name Kåñëa Caitanya; gaura-tviñe—whose
complexion is golden like Çrématé Rädhäräëé's; namaù—obeisances.

O most munificent incarnation! You are Kåñëa Himself appearing as Çré Kåñëa
Caitanya Mahäprabhu. You have assumed the golden color of Çrémäté
Rädhäräëé, and You are widely distributing pure love of Kåñëa. We offer our
respectful obeisances unto You.

Çré Païca-tattva Praëäma

païca-tattvätmakaà kåñëaà bhakta-rüpa-svarüpakam


bhaktävatäraà bhaktäkhyaà namämi bhakta-çaktikam
païca-tattva-atmakaà—comprehending the five transcendental subject
matters; kåñëam—unto Lord Kåñëa; bhakta-rüpa—in the form of a devotee;
sva-rüpakam—in the expansion of a devotee; bhakta-avatäram—in the
incarnation of a devotee; bhakta-äkhyam—known as a devotee; namämi—I
offer my obeisances; bhakta-çaktikam—the energy of the Supreme Personality
of Godhead, who supplies energy to the devotee.

I offer my obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, Kåñëa, who is nondifferent from
His features as a devotee, devotional manifestation, devotional incarnation, pure
devotee and devotional energy.

Çré Kåñëa Praëäma

he kåñëa karuëä-sindho déna-bandho jagat-pate


gopeça gopikä-känta rädhä-känta namo 'stu te
he—O; kåñëa—Kåñëa; karuëä-sindho—ocean of mercy; déna—of the
distressed; bandho—O friend; jagat—of the universe; pate—O Lord;
gopa-éça—O master of the cowherd men; gopikä-känta—O lover of the gopés;

8
rädhä-känta—O lover of Rädhäräëé; namaù—obeisances; astu—let there be;
te—unto You.

O my dear Kåñëa, O ocean of mercy, O friend of the distressed and the source
of creation, O master of the cowherd men and the lover of the gopés, especially
Rädhäräëé, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.

Sambandhädhideva Praëäma

jayatäà suratau paìgor mama manda-mater gaté


mat-sarvasva-padämbhojau rädhä-madana-mohanau
jayatäm—all glory to; su-ratau—most merciful, or attached in conjugal love;
paìgoù—of one who is lame; mama—of me; manda-mateù—foolish;
gaté—refuge; mat—my; sarva-sva—everything; pada-ambhojau—whose lotus
feet; rädhä-madana-mohanau—Rädhäräëé and Madana-mohana.

Glory to the all-merciful Rädhä and Madana-mohana! I am lame and ill advised,
yet They are my directors, and Their lotus feet are everything to me.

Abhideyädhideva Praëäma

dévyad-våndäraëya-kalpa-drumädhaù
çrémad-ratnägära-siàhäsana-sthau
çrémad-rädhä-çréla-govinda-devau
preñöälébhiù sevyamänau smarämi
dévyat—shining; vånda-araëya—in the forest of Våndävana;
kalpa-druma—desire tree; adhaù—beneath; çrémat—most beautiful;
ratna-ägära—in a temple of jewels; siàha-äsana-sthau—sitting on a throne;
çrémat—very beautiful; rädhä—Çrémäté Rädhäräëé; çréla-govinda-devau—and
Çré Govindadeva; preñöha-älébhiù—by most confidential associates;
sevyamänau—being served; smarämi—I remember.

In a temple of jewels in Våndävana, underneath a desire tree, Çré Çré


Rädhä-Govinda, served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon an

9
effulgent throne. I offer my humble obeisances unto Them.

Prayojanädhideva Praëäma

çrémän räsa-rasärambhé vaàçé-vaöa-taöa-sthitaù


karñan veëu-svanair gopér gopénäthaù çriye 'stu naù
çrémän—most beautiful; räsa—of the räsa dance; rasa—of the mellow;
ärambhé—the inaugurator; vaàñé-vaöa—of the name Vaàñévaöa; taöa—on the
shore; sthitaù—standing; karñan—attracting; veëu—of the flute; svanaiù—by
the sounds; gopéù—the gopés; gopé-näthaù—master of the gopés;
çriye—benediction; astu—let there be; naù—unto us.

Çré Çréla Gopénätha, who originated the transcendental mellow of the räsa
dance, stands on the shore in Vaàñévaöa and attracts the attention of the
cowherd damsels with the sound of His celebrated flute. May they all confer
upon us their benediction.

Çré Rädhä Praëäma

tapta-käïcana-gauräìgi rädhe våndävaneçvari


våñabhänu-sute devi praëamämi hari-priye
tapta—molten; käïcana—like gold; gaura—fair complexion; aìgi—whose
body; rädhe—O Rädhäräëé; våndävana-éçvari—the Queen of Våndävana;
våñabhänu-sute—O daughter of King Våñabhänu; devi—O goddess;
praëamämi—I offer my respects; hari-priye—very dear to Lord Kåñëa.

I offer my respectful obeisances to Çrémäté Rädhäräëé, whose bodily complexion


is like molten gold and who is the Queen of Våndävana. You are the daughter of
King Våñabhänu, and You are very dear to Lord Kåñëa.

Païca-tattva Mahä-mantra

10
jaya çré-kåñëa-caitanya prabhu-nityänanda
çré-advaita gadädhara çréväsädi-gaura-bhakta vånda
jaya—all glories; çré-kåñëa-caitanya—Lord Kåñëa, who has descended in the
age of Kali as Lord Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu; prabhu-nityänanda; Lord
Nityänanda, the incarnation of Lord Baladeva; çré-advaita—Advaita Äcärya,
the incarnation of Mahä Viñëu; gadädhara—Gadädhara Paëòita, the
incarnation of Çrémäté Rädhäräëé; çréväsädi—Çréväsa Öhäkura, the
incarnation of Närada Muni; gaura-bhakta vånda—all the followers of these
five.

All glories to Lord Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu, Lord Nityänanda, Advaita
Äcärya, Gadädhara Paëòita Prabhu, Çréväsa Öhäkura and all those devotees
who follow in their footsteps.

Hare Kåñëa Mahä-mantra

hare kåñëa hare kåñëa kåñëa kåñëa hare hare


hare räma hare räma räma räma hare hare
hare—Çrémäti Rädhäräëé (the divine energy of the Lord); kåñëa—the
all-attractive Supreme Personality of Godhead; räma—Lord Kåñëa, who is the
reservoir of pleasure (a name for Kåñëa is Rädhä-ramaëa, the giver of pleasure
to Çrémäti Rädhäräëé). This holy name also means Lord Rämacandra or Lord
Balaräma.

O Çrémäti Rädhäräëé (the divine energy of the Lord Kåñëa), O all-attractive


reservoir of pleasure, Lord Çré Kåñëa, please engage me in Your loving
devotional service.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka


By Çréla Viçvanätha Cakravarté Öhäkura

11
Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (1)

saàsära-dävänala-léòha-loka
träëäya käruëya-ghanäghanatvam
präptasya kalyäëa guëärëavasya
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
saàsära—of material existence; däva-anala—by the forest fire;
léòha—afflicted; loka—the people; träëäya—to deliver; käruëya—of mercy;
ghanäghana-tvam—the quality of a cloud; präptasya—who has obtained;
kalyäëa—auspicious; guëa—of qualities; arëavasya—who is an ocean;
vande—I offer obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master; çré—auspicious;
caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

The spiritual master is receiving benediction from the ocean of mercy. Just as a
cloud pours water on a forest fire to extinguish it, so the spiritual master
delivers the materially afflicted world by extinguishing the blazing fire of
material existence. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a
spiritual master, who is an ocean of auspicious qualities.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (2)

mahäprabhoù kértana-nåtya-géta-
väditra-mädyan-manaso rasena
romäïca-kampäçru-taraìga-bhäjo
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
mahäprabhoù—of Lord Caitanya Mahäprabhu; kértana—by chanting;
nåtya—dancing; géta—singing; väditra—playing musical instruments;
mädyat—gladdened; manasaù—whose mind; rasena—due to the mellows of
pure devotion; romäïca—standing up of the bodily hair; kampa—quivering of
the body; açru-taraìga—torrents of tears; bhäjaù—who feels; vande—I offer
obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master; çré—auspicious;
caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

Chanting the holy name, dancing in ecstasy, singing, and playing musical

12
instruments, the spiritual master is always gladdened by the saìkértana
movement of Lord Caitanya Mahäprabhu. Because he is relishing the mellows
of pure devotion within his mind, sometimes his bodily hairs stand on end, he
feels quivering in his body, and tears flow from his eyes like waves. I offer my
respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a spiritual master.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (3)

çré-vigrahärädhana-nitya-nänä-
çåìgära-tan-mandira-märjanädau
yuktasya bhaktäàç ca niyuïjato 'pi
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
çré-vigraha—of the Deity forms of the Lord in the temple;
ärädhana—worshiping; nitya—always, daily; nänä—with various;
çåìgära—clothing and ornaments; tat—of their Lordships; mandira—of the
temple; märjana-ädau—in the cleaning, etc.; yuktasya—who is engaged;
bhaktän—his disciples; ca—and; niyuïjataù—who engages; api—also;
vande—I offer my obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master; çré—auspicious;
caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

The spiritual master is always engaged in the temple worship of Çré Çré Rädhä
and Kåñëa. He also engages his disciples in such worship. They dress the
Deities in beautiful clothes and ornaments, clean Their temple, and perform
other, similar worship of the Lord. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the
lotus feet of such a spiritual master.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (4)

catur-vidha-çré-bhagavat-prasäda-
svädv-anna-tåptän hari-bhakta-saìghän
kåtvaiva tåptià bhajataù sadaiva
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
catuù—four; vidha—kinds; çré—holy; bhagavat-prasäda—which have been

13
offered to Kåñëa; svädu—palatable; anna—by foods; tåptän—spiritually
satisfied; hari—of Kåñëa; bhakta-saìghän—the devotees; kåtvä—having made;
eva—thus; tåptim—satisfaction; bhajataù—who feels; sadä—always;
eva—certainly; vande—I offer my obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master;
çré—auspicious; caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

The spiritual master is always offering Kåñëa four kinds of delicious food
[analyzed as that which is licked, chewed, drunk and sucked]. When the
spiritual master sees that the devotees are satisfied by eating
bhagavat-prasädam, he is satisfied. I offer my respectful obeisances unto the
lotus feet of such a spiritual master.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (5)

çré-rädhikä-mädhavayor apära-
mädhurya-lélä-guëa-rüpa-nämnäm
prati-kñaëäsvädana-lolupasya
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
çré-rädhikä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; mädhavayoù—of Lord Mädhava (Kåñëa);
apära—unlimited; mädhurya—conjugal; lélä—pastimes; guëa—qualities;
rüpa—forms; nämnäm—of Their holy names; pratikñaëa—at every moment;
äsvädana—relishing; lolupasya—who aspires after; vande—I offer obeisances;
guroù—of my spiritual master; çré—auspicious; caraëa-aravindam—unto the
lotus feet.

The spiritual master is always eager to hear and chant about the unlimited
conjugal pastimes of Çré Çré Rädhikä and Mädhava, and about Their qualities,
names and forms. The spiritual master aspires to relish these at every moment. I
offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a spiritual master.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (6)

nikuïja-yüno rati-keli-siddhyai
yä yälibhir yuktir apekñaëéyä

14
taträti-däkñyäd ati-vallabhasya
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
nikuïja-yünoù—of Rädhä and Kåñëa; rati—conjugal love; keli—of the
pastimes; siddhyai—for the perfection; yä yä—whatever; älibhiù—by the gopés;
yuktiù—arrangements; apekñaëéyä—desirable; tatra—in that connection;
ati-däkñyät—because of being very expert; ati—vallabhasya—who is very dear;
vande—I offer obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master; çré—auspicious;
caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

The spiritual master is very dear, because he is expert in assisting the gopés,
who at different times make different tasteful arrangements for the perfection
of Rädhä and Kåñëa's conjugal loving affairs within the groves of Våndävana. I
offer my most humble obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a spiritual master.

Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (7)

säkñäd-dharitvena samasta-çästrair
uktas tathä bhävyata eva sadbhiù
kintu prabhor yaù priya eva tasya
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
säkñät—directly; hari-tvena—with the quality of Hari; samasta—all;
çästraiù—by scriptures; uktaù—acknowledged; tathä—thus; bhävyate—is
considered; eva—also; sadbhiù—by great saintly persons; kintu—however;
prabhoù—of the Lord; yaù—who; priyaù—dear; eva—certainly; tasya—of him
(the guru); vande—I offer obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master;
çré—auspicious; caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

The spiritual master is to be honored as much as the Supreme Lord because he


is the most confidential servitor of the Lord. This is acknowledged in all
revealed scriptures and followed by all authorities. Therefore I offer my
respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of such a spiritual master, who is a
bona fide representative of Çré Hari [Kåñëa].

15
Çré Çré Gurv-añöaka (8)

yasya prasädäd bhagavat-prasädo


yasyäprasädän na gatiù kuto 'pi
dhyäyan stuvaàs tasya yaças tri-sandhyaà
vande guroù çré-caraëäravindam
yasya—of whom (the spiritual master); prasädät—by the grace; bhagavat—of
Kåñëa; prasädaù—the mercy; yasya—of whom; aprasädät—without the grace;
na—not; gatiù—means of advancement; kutaù api—anywhere;
dhyäyan—meditating upon; stuvan—praising; tasya—of him (the spiritual
master); yaçaù—the glory; tri-sandhyam—three times a day (sunrise, noon and
sunset); vande—I offer obeisances; guroù—of my spiritual master;
çré—auspicious; caraëa-aravindam—unto the lotus feet.

By the mercy of the spiritual master one receives the benediction of Kåñëa.
Without the grace of the spiritual master, one cannot make any advancement.
Therefore, I should always remember and praise the spiritual master. At least
three times a day I should offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of
my spiritual master.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka


By Çréniväsa Äcärya

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (1)

kåñëotkértana-gäna-nartana-parau premämåtämbho-nidhé
dhérädhéra-jana-priyau priya-karau nirmatsarau püjitau
çré-caitanya-kåpä-bharau bhuvi bhuvo bhärävahantärakau
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
kåñëa—of Kåñëa; utkértana—chanting loudly; gäna—singing;
nartana—dancing; parau—who are absorbed; prema-amåta—the nectar of

16
love of God; ambhaù-nidhé—like oceans; dhéra-adhéra—jana—to the gentle
and the ruffians; priyau—who are dear; priya-karau—who are all-pleasing;
nirmatsarau—who are nonenvious; püjitau—who are all-worshipable;
çré-caitanya—of Çré Caitanya; kåpä-bharau—who are bearing the mercy;
bhuvi—in the world; bhuvaù—of the world; bhära—the burden;
avahantärakau—who dispel; vande—I offer my respectful obeisances;
rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé;
raghu-yugau—unto the two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé and
Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva Gosvämé;
gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who are always engaged in loudly chanting the holy name of Kåñëa and dancing.
They are just like the ocean of love of God, and they are popular both with the
gentle and with the ruffians because they are not envious of anyone. Whatever
they do, they are all pleasing to everyone, and they are fully blessed by Lord
Caitanya. Thus they are engaged in missionary activities meant to deliver all
the conditioned souls in the material universe.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (2)

nänä-çästra-vicäraëaika-nipuëau sad-dharma-saàsthäpakau
lokänäà hita-käriëau tri-bhuvane mänyau çaraëyäkarau
rädhä-kåñëa-padäravinda-bhajanänandena mattälikau
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
nänä—çästra—various scriptures; vicäraëa—in scrutinizingly studying;
eka—nipuëau—who are uniquely expert; sat-dharma—of eternal religious
principles; saàsthäpakau—who are the establishers; lokänäm—for all human
beings; hita-käriëau—who are the performers of beneficial activities;
tri-bhuvane—throughout the three worlds; mänyau—who are worthy of
honor; çaraëyäkarau—who are worth taking shelter of; rädhä-kåñëa—of
Rädhä and Kåñëa; pada-aravinda—at the lotus feet; bhajana-änandena—in the

17
bliss of worshiping; mattälikau—who are intoxicated with the mood of the
gopés; vande—I offer my respectful obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa
Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the
two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa
Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla
Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who are very expert in scrutinizingly studying all the revealed scriptures with
the aim of establishing eternal religious principles for the benefit of all human
beings. Thus they are honored all over the three worlds, and they are worth
taking shelter of because they are absorbed in the mood of the gopés and are
engaged in the transcendental loving service of Çré Çré Rädhä and Kåñëa.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (3)

çré-gauräìga-guëänuvarëana-vidhau çraddhä-samåddhy-anvitau
päpottäpa-nikåntanau tanu-bhåtäà govinda-gänämåtaiù
änandämbudhi-vardhanaika-nipuëau kaivalya-nistärakau
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
çré-gauräìga—of Lord Caitanya; guëa—the qualities; anuvarëana—of
narrating; vidhau—in the process; çraddhä—of faith; samåddhi—with an
abundance; anvitau—who are endowed with; päpa-uttäpa—the distress of
sinful reactions; nikåntanau—who remove; tanu-bhåtäm—of the embodied
souls; govinda—about Lord Govinda; gäna-amåtaiù—by the nectarean songs;
änanda-ambudhi—the ocean of transcendental bliss; vardhana—increasing;
eka-nipuëau—uniquely expert; kaivalya-nistärakau—who are the saviors from
impersonal liberation; vande—I offer my respectful obeisances; rüpa—unto
Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé;
raghu-yugau—unto the two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé and
Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva Gosvämé;
gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé.

18
I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who are very much enriched in understanding Lord Caitanya and who are thus
expert in narrating His transcendental qualities. They can purify all conditioned
souls from the reactions of their sinful activities by pouring upon them
transcendental songs about Govinda. As such, they are very expert in increasing
the limits of the ocean of transcendental bliss, and they are the saviors of the
living entities from the devouring mouth of liberation.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (4)

tyakvä türëam açeña-maëòala-pati-çreëéà sadä tuccha-vat


bhütvä déna-gaëeçakau karuëayä kaupéna-kanthäçritau
gopé-bhäva-rasämåtäbdhi-laharé-kallola-magnau muhur
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
tyakvä—having given up; türëam—quickly; açeña—all;
maëòala-pati-çreëém—the circle of aristocracy; sadä—always; tuccha-vat—as
insignificant; bhütvä—having become; déna-gaëa—of the poor conditioned
souls; içakau—who are the protectors; karuëayä—out of mercy;
kaupéna—loincloths; kanthä—and tattered quilts; açritau—who have
accepted; gopé-bhäva—the mood of the gopés; rasa-amåta-abdhi—of the ocean
of nectarean mellows; laharé-kallola—in the ripples and waves; magnau—who
are immersed; muhuù—always and repeatedly; vande—I offer my respectful
obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana
Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa
Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva
Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who kicked off all association of aristocracy as insignificant. In order to deliver
the poor conditioned souls, they accepted loincloths, treating themselves as

19
mendicants, but they were always merged in the ecstatic ocean of the gopés' love
for Kåñëa and bathed always and repeatedly in the waves of that ocean.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (5)

küjat-kokila-haàsa-särasa-gaëäkérëe mayüräkule
nänä-ratna-nibaddha-müla-viöapa-çré-yukta-våndävane
rädhä-kåñëam ahar-niçaà prabhajatau jévärthadau yau mudä
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
küjat—cooing; kokila—of cuckoos; haàsa—of swans; särasa—and of cranes;
gaëa—flocks; akérëe—filled with; mayüra—peacocks; äkule—crowded with;
nänä—ratna—with various jewels; nibaddha—müla—bound around their
bases; viöapa—trees; çré-yukta—endowed with splendor; våndävane—in the
forest of Våndävana; rädhä-kåñëam—of Rädhä and Kåñëa; ahaù-niçam—day
and night; prabhajatau—who intensely worship; jéva—upon the living entities;
arthadau—who bestow the ultimate goal of life; yau—who; mudä—with great
delight; vande—I offer my respectful obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa
Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the
two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa
Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla
Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who are always engaged in intensely worshiping Çré Çré Rädhä and Kåñëa in the
transcendental land of Våndävana, which is filled with peacocks and with flocks
of cooing swans, cuckoos, and cranes. In Våndävana there are also beautiful
trees full of fruits and flowers, and under the trees' roots one can find all
valuable jewels. With great delight the Gosvämés bestow upon the living entities
the boon of the goal of life.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (6)

20
saìkhyä-pürvaka-näma-gäna-natibhiù kälävasäné-kåtau
nidrähära-vihärakädi-vijitau cätyanta-dénau ca yau
rädhä-kåñëa-guëa-småter madhurimänandena sammohitau
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
saìkhyä-pürvaka—in a scheduled measurement; näma—singing the holy
names; gäna—chanting; natibhiù—and by bowing down;
käla—avasäné-kåtau—who pass their time in this way; nidra-ähära—sleeping
and eating; vihäraka-ädi—recreation, etc.; vijitau—who have conquered;
ca—and; atyanta—dénau—who are extremely meek and humble;ca—and;
yau—who; rädhä-kåñëa—of Rädhä and Kåñëa; guëa-småteù—of remembering
the transcendental qualities; madhurimä—of the sweetness; änandena—by the
bliss; sammohitau—who are completely enchanted; vande—I offer my
respectful obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla
Sanätana Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha
däsa Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva
Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who were engaged in chanting the holy names of the Lord and bowing down in
a scheduled measurement. In this way they utilized their valuable lives, and in
executing these devotional activities they conquered over eating and sleeping
and were always meek and humble, enchanted by remembering the
transcendental qualities of the Lord.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (7)

rädhä-kuëòa-taöe kalinda-tanayä-tére ca vaàçévaöe


premonmäda-vaçäd açeña-daçayä grastau pramattau sadä
gäyantau ca kadä harer guëa-varaà bhäväbhibhütau mudä
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
rädhä-kuëòa—of the lake called Rädhä-kuëòa; taöe—on the shore;
kalinda-tanayä—of the Yamunä River (the daughter of Mount Kalinda);

21
tére—on the bank; ca—also; vaàçé-vaöe—at the banyan tree called Vaàçé-vaöa;
prema-unmäda—of the madness of love of God; vaçäd—occasioned by the
force; açeña-daçayä—by limitless ecstatic symptoms; grastau—who are seized;
pramattau—who are maddened; sadä—always; gäyantau—who sing; ca—and;
kadä—sometimes; hareù—of Lord Hari; guëa-varam—the excellent qualities;
bhäva—in ecstasy; abhibhütau—who are overwhelmed; mudä—with delight;
vande—I offer my respectful obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé;
sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the two
Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa
Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla
Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who were sometimes on the bank of the Rädhä-kuëòa lake, sometimes on the
shores of the Yamunä, and sometimes in Vaàçévaöa. At these places they
appeared just like madmen in the full ecstasy of love for Kåñëa, exhibiting
different transcendental symptoms in their bodies, and they were merged in the
ecstasy of Kåñëa consciousness.

Çré Çré Ñaò-gosvämy-añöaka (8)

he rädhe vraja-devike ca lalite he nanda-süno kutaù


çré-govardhana-kalpa-pädapa-tale kälindé-vanye kutaù
ghoñantäv iti sarvato vraja-pure khedair mahä-vihvalau
vande rüpa-sanätanau raghu-yugau çré-jéva-gopälakau
he rädhe—O Rädhä; vraja-devéke—O Queen of Vraja; ca—and; lalitä—O
Lalitä-sakhé; he nanda-sünaù—O son of Nanda Mahäräja; kutaù—where are
you; çré-govardhana—on beautiful Govardhana Hill; kalpa-pädapa-tale—at the
base of the desire trees; kälindé-vane—in the forest on the bank of the
Yamunä; kutaù—where are you?; ghoñantau—who are shouting; iti—thus;
sarvataù—everywhere; vraja-pure—in Våndävana; khedaiù—by distress;
mahä-vihvalau—who are greatly agitated; vande—I offer my respectful

22
obeisances; rüpa—unto Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé; sanätanau—unto Çréla Sanätana
Gosvämé; raghu-yugau—unto the two Raghus, i.e. Çréla Raghunätha däsa
Gosvämé and Çréla Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé; çré-jéva—unto Çréla Jéva
Gosvämé; gopälakau—and unto Çréla Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Six Gosvämés, namely Çré Rüpa
Gosvämé, Çré Sanätana Gosvämé, Çré Raghunätha Bhaööa Gosvämé, Çré
Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé, Çré Jéva Gosvämé and Çré Gopäla Bhaööa Gosvämé,
who chanted very loudly everywhere in Våndävana, shouting, "O Queen of
Våndävana, Rädhäräëé! O Lalitä! O son of Nanda Mahäräja! Where are you all
now? Are you just on the hill of Govardhana, or are you under the trees on the
bank of the Yamunä? Where are you?" These were their moods in executing
Kåñëa consciousness.

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (1)

ceto-darpaëa-märjanaà bhava-mahä-dävägni-nirväpaëaà
çreyaù-kairava-candrikä-vitaraëaà vidyä-vadhü-jévanam
änandämbudhi-vardhanaà prati-padaà pürëämåtäsvädanaà
sarvätma-snapanaà paraà vijayate çré-kåñëa-saìkértanam
cetaù—of the heart; darpaëa—the mirror; märjanam—cleansing; bhava—of
material existence; mahä-däva-agni—the blazing forest fire;
nirväpaëam—extinguishing; çreyaù—of good fortune; kairava—the white
lotus; candrikä—the moonshine; vitaraëam—spreading; vidyä—of all
education; vadhü—wife; jévanam—the life; änanda—of bliss; ambudhi—the
ocean; vardhanam—increasing; prati-padam—at every step; pürëa-amåta—of
the full nectar; asvädanam—giving a taste; sarva—for everyone;
ätma-snapanam—bathing of the self; param—transcendental; vijayate—let
there be victory; çré-kåñëa-saìkértanam—for the congregational chanting of

23
the holy name of Kåñëa.

Glory to the çré-kåñëa-saìkértana, which cleanses the heart of all the dust
accumulated for years together and thus extinguishes the blazing fire of
conditioned life, of repeated birth and death. This saìkértana movement is the
prime benediction for humanity at large because it spreads the rays of the
benediction moon. It is the life of all transcendental knowledge, it increases the
ocean of transcendental bliss, and it enables us to fully taste the nectar for
which we are always anxious.

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (2)

nämnäm akäri bahudhä nija-sarva-çaktis


taträrpitä niyamitaù smaraëe na kälaù
etädåçé tava kåpä bhagavan mamäpi
durdaivam édåçam ihäjani nänurägaù
nämnäm—of the holy names of the Lord; akäri—manifested;
bahudhä—various kinds; nija-sarva-çaktiù—all kinds of personal potencies;
tatra—in that; arpitä—bestowed; niyamitaù—restricted; smaraëe—in
remembering; na—not; kälaù—consideration of time; etädåçé—so much;
tava—Your; kåpä—mercy; bhagavan—O Lord; mama—My; api—although;
durdaivam—misfortune; édåçam—such; iha—in this (the holy name);
ajani—was born; na—not; anurägaù—attachment.

O my Lord, Your holy name alone can render all benediction to living beings,
and thus You have hundreds and millions of transcendental names, such as
Kåñëa and Govinda, in which You have invested all Your transcendental
energies. There are no hard and fast rules for chanting these names. O My
Lord, out of kindness You enable us to easily approach You by Your holy
names, but I am so unfortunate that I have no attraction for them.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.16)

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (3)

24
tåëäd api sunécena
taror api sahiñëunä
amäninä mänadena
kértanéyaù sadä hariù
tåëät api—than downtrodden grass; sunécena—being lower; taroù—than a
tree; iva—like; sahiñëunä—with tolerance; amäninä—without being puffed up
by false pride; mänadena—giving respect to all; kértanéyaù—to be chanted;
sadä—always; hariù—the holy name of the Lord.

One should chant the holy name of the Lord in a humble state of mind,
thinking oneself lower than the straw in the street; one should be more tolerant
than a tree, devoid of all sense of false prestige, and should be ready to offer all
respects to others. In such a state of mind one can chant the holy name of the
Lord constantly.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.21)

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (4)

na dhanaà na janaà na sundaréà


kavitäà vä jagad-éça kämaye
mama janmani janmanéçvare
bhavatäd bhaktir ahaituké tvayi
na—not; dhanam—riches; na—not; janam—followers; na—not; sundarém—a
very beautiful woman; kavitäm—fruitive activities described in flowery
language; vä—or; jagat-éça—O Lord of the universe; kämaye—I desire;
mama—My; janmani—in birth; janmani—after birth; éçvare—unto the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavatät—let there be; bhaktiù—devotional
service; ahaituké—with no motives; tvayi—unto You.

O almighty Lord, I have no desire to accumulate wealth, nor do I desire


beautiful women, nor do I want any number of followers. I only want Your
causeless devotional service, birth after birth.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.29)

25
Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (5)

ayi nanda-tanuja kiìkaraà


patitaà mäà viñame bhavämbudhau
kåpayä tava päda-paìkaja-
sthita-dhülé-sadåçaà vicintaya
ayi—O my Lord; nanda-tanuja—the son of Nanda Mahäräja, Kåñëa;
kiìkaram—the servant; patitam—fallen; mäm-me; viñame—horrible;
bhava-ambudhau—in the ocean of nescience; kåpayä—by causeless mercy;
tava—Your; päda-paìkaja—lotus feet; sthita—situated at; dhülé-sadåçam—like
a particle of dust; vicintaya—kindly consider.

O son of Mahäräja Nanda [Kåñëa], I am Your eternal servitor, yet somehow or


other I have fallen into this horrible ocean of birth and death. Please pick me up
from this ocean of death and place me as one of the atoms at Your lotus feet.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.32)

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (6)

nayanaà galad-açru-dhärayä
vadanaà gadgada-ruddhayä girä
pulakair nicitaà vapuù kadä
tava näma-grahaëe bhaviñyati
nayanam—the eyes; galat-açru-dhärayä—by streams of tears running down;
vadanam—mouth; gadgada—faltering; ruddhayä—choked up; girä—with
words; pulakaiù—with standing up of the hairs due to transcendental
happiness; nicitam—covered; vapuù—the body; kadä—when; tava—Your;
näma-grahaëe—in chanting the name; bhaviñyati—will be.

O My Lord, when will my eyes be decorated with tears of love flowing


constantly when I chant Your holy name? When will my voice choke up, and

26
when will the hairs of my body stand on end at the recitation of Your name.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.36)

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (7)

yugäyitaà nimeñeëa
cakñuñä prävåñäyitam
çünyäyitaà jagat sarvaà
govinda-viraheëa me
yugäyitam—appearing like a great millennium; nimeñeëa—by a moment;
cakñuñä—from the eyes; prävåñäyitam—tears falling like torrents of rain;
çünyäyitam—appearing void; jagat—the world; sarvam—all; govinda—from
Lord Govinda, Kåñëa; viraheëa me—by my separation.

O Govinda! Feeling Your separation, I am considering a moment to be like


twelve years or more. Tears are flowing from my eyes like torrents of rain, and
I am feeling all vacant in the world in Your absence.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.39)

Çré Çré Çikñäñöaka (8)

äçliñya vä päda-ratäà pinañöu mäm


adarçanän marma-hatäà karotu vä
yathä tathä vä vidadhätu lampaöo
mat-präëa-näthas tu sa eva näparaù
äçliñya—embracing with great pleasure; vä—or; päda-ratäm—who have fallen
at the lotus feet; pinañöu—let Him trample; mäm—me; adarçanät—by not
being visible; marma-hatäm—brokenhearted; karotu—let Him make; vä—or;
yathä—as (He likes); tathä—so; va—or; vidadhätu—let Him do; lampaöaù—a
debauchee, who mixes with other women; mat-präëa-näthaù—the Lord of My
life; tu—but; saù—He; eva—only; na aparaù—not anyone else.

27
I know no one but Kåñëa as my Lord, and He shall remain so even if He
handles me roughly by His embrace or makes me brokenhearted by not being
present before me. He is completely free to do anything and everything, for He
is always my worshipful Lord, unconditionally.

(Found in Caitanya-caritämåta, Antya-lélä 20.47)

Selected Verses from Bhagavad-gétä

dhåtaräñöraù uväca—King Dhåtaräñöra said, dharma-kñetre—in the place of


pilgrimage; kuru-kñetre—in the place named Kurukñetra;
samavetäù—assembled, yuyutsavaù—desiring to fight; mämakäù—my party
(sons); päëòaväù—the sons of Päëòu; ca—and; eva—certainly; kim—what;
akurvata—did they do; saïjaya—O Saïjaya.

kula-kñaye—in destroying the family; praëaçyanti—become vanquished;


kula-dharmäù—the family traditions; sanätanäù—eternal; dharme—religion;
nañöe—being destroyed; kulam—family; kåtsnam—whole;
adharmaù—irreligion; abhibhavati—transforms; uta—it is said.

adharma—irreligion; abhibhavät—having become predominant; kåñëa—O


Kåñëa; praduñyanti—become polluted; kula-striyaù—family ladies; stréñu—by
the womanhood; duñöäsu—being so polluted; värñëeya—O descendant of
Våñëi; jäyate—comes into being; varëa-saìkaraù—unwanted progeny.

saìkaraù—such unwanted children; narakäya—make for hellish life;


eva—certainly; kula-ghnänäm—for those who are killers of the family;
kulasya—for the family; ca—also; patanti—fall down; pitaraù—forefathers;
hi—certainly; eñäm—of them; lupta—stopped; piëòa—of offerings of food;
udaka—and water; kriyäù—performances.

28
saïjayaù uväca—Saïjaya said; tam—unto Arjuna; tathä—thus; kåpayä—by
compassion; äviñöam—overwhelmed; açru-pürëa—äkula—full of tears;
ékñaëam—eyes; viñédantam—lamenting; idam—these; väkyam—words;
uväca—said; madhu-südanaù—the killer of Madhu.

çré bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;


kutaù—wherefrom; tvä—unto you; kaçmalam—dirtiness; idam—this
lamentation; viñame—in this hour of crisis; samupasthitam—arrived;
anärya—persons who do not know the value of life; juñöam—practiced by;
asvargyam—which does not lead to higher planets; akérti—infamy;
karam—the cause of; arjuna—O Arjuna.

klaibyam—impotence; mä sma—do not; gamaù—take to; pärtha—O son of


Påthä; na—never; etat—this; tvayi—unto you; upapadyate—is befitting;
kñudram—petty; hådaya—of the heart; daurbalyam—weakness;
tvaktvä—giving up; uttiñöha—get up; param-tapa—O chastiser of the enemies.

gurün—the superiors; ahatvä—not killing; hi—certainly;


mahä-anubhävän—great souls; çreyaù—it is better; bhoktum—to enjoy life;
bhaikñyam—begging; api—even; iha—in this life; loke—in this world;
hatvä—killing; artha—gain; kämän—desiring; tu—but; gurün—superiors;
iha—in this world; eva—certainly; bhuïjéya—one has to enjoy;
bhogän—enjoyable things; rudhira—blood; pradigdhän—tainted with.

kärpaëya—of miserliness; doña—by the weakness; upahata—being afflicted;


sva-bhävaù—characteristics; påcchämi—I am asking; tväm—unto You;
dharma—religion; sammüòha—bewildered; cetäù—in heart; yat—what;
çreyaù—all-good; syät—may be; niçcitam—confidently; brühi—tell; tat—that;
me—unto me; çiñyaù—disciple; te—Your; aham—I am; çädhi—just instruct;
mäm—me; tväm—unto You; prapannam—surrendered.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; açocyän—not


worthy of lamentation; anvaçocaù—you are lamenting; tvam—you;
prajïä-vädän—learned talks; ca—also; bhäñase—speaking; gata—lost;

29
asün—life; agata—not passed; asün—life; ca—also; na—never;
anuçocanti—lament; paëòitäù—the learned.

na—never; tu—but; eva—certainly; aham—I; jätu—at any time; na—did not;


äsam—exist; na—not; tvam—you; na—not; ime—all these;
jana-adhipäù—kings; na—never; ca—also; eva—certainly; na—not;
bhaviñyämaù—shall exist; sarve vayam—all of us; ataù param—hereafter.

dehinaù—of the embodied; asmin—in this; yathä—as; dehe—in the body;


kaumäram—boyhood; yauvanam—youth; jarä—old age; tathä—similarly;
deha-antara—of transference of the body; präptiù—achievement; dhéraù—the
sober; tatra—thereupon; na—never; muhyati—is deluded.

mäträ-sparçäù—sensory perception; tu—only; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;


çéta—winter; uñëa—summer; sukha—happiness; duùkha—and pain;
däù—giving; ägama—appearing; apäyinaù—disappearing;
anityäù—nonpermanent; tän—all of them; titikñasva—just try to tolerate;
bhärata—O descendant of the Bharata dynasty.

yam—one to whom; hi—certainly; na—never; vyathayanti—are distressing;


ete—all these; puruñam—to a person; puruña-åñabha—O best among men;
sama—unaltered; duùkha—in distress; sukham—and happiness;
dhéram—patient; saù—he; amåtatväya—for liberation; kalpate—is considered
eligible.

na—never; asataù—of the nonexistent; vidyate—there is;


bhävaù—endurance; na—never; abhävaù—changing quality; vidyate—there
is; sataù—of the eternal; ubhayoù—of the two; api—verily; dåñöaù—observed;
antaù—conclusion; tu—indeed; anayoù—of them; tattva—of the truth;
darçibhiù—by the seers.

avinäçi—imperishable; tu—but; tat—that; viddhi—know it; yena—by whom;


sarvam—all of the body; idam—this; tatam—pervaded; vinäçam—destruction;

30
avyayasya—of the imperishable; asya—of it; na kaçcit—no one; kartum—to
do; arhati—is able.

anta-vantaù—perishable; ime—all these; dehäù—material bodies;


nityasya—eternal in existence; uktäù—are said; çarériëaù—of the embodied
soul; anäçinaù—never to be destroyed; aprameyasya—immeasurable;
tasmät—therefore; yudhyasva—fight; bhärata—O descendant of Bharata.

yaù—anyone who; enam—this; vetti—knows; hantäram—the killer;


yaù—anyone who; ca—also; enam—this; manyate—thinks; hatam—killed;
ubhau—both; tau—they; na—never; vijänétaù—are in knowledge; na—never;
ayam—this; hanti—kills; na—nor; hanyate—is killed.

na—never; jäyate—takes birth; mriyate—dies; vä—either; kadäcit—at any


time (past, present or future); na—never; ayam—this; bhütvä—having come
into being; bhavitä—will come to be; vä—or; na—not; bhüyaù—or is again
coming to be; ajaù—unborn; nityaù—eternal; çäçvataù—permanent;
ayam—this; puräëaù—the oldest; na—never; hanyate—is killed;
hanyamäne—being killed; çarére—the body.

väsäàsi—garments; jérëäni—old and worn out; yathä—just as; vihäya—giving


up; naväni—new garments; gåhëäti—does accept; naraù—a man;
aparäëi—other; tathä—in the same way; çaréräëi—bodies; vihäya—giving up;
jérëäni—old and useless; anyäni—different; saàyäti—verily accepts;
naväni—new sets; dehé—the embodied.

na—never; enam—this soul; chindanti—can cut to pieces; çasträëi—weapons;


na—never; enam—this soul; dahati—burns; pävakaù—fire; na—never;
ca—also; enam—this soul; kledayanti—moistens; äpaù—water; na—never;
çoñayati—dries; märutaù—wind.

acchedyaù—unbreakable; ayam—this soul; adähyaù—unable to be burned;


ayam—this soul; akledyaù—insoluble; açoñyaù—not able to be dried;

31
eva—certainly; ca—and; nityaù—everlasting; sarva-gataù—all-pervading;
sthäëuù—unchangeable; acalaù—immovable; ayam—this soul;
sanätanaù—eternally the same.

jätasya—of one who has taken his birth; hi—certainly; dhruvaù—a fact;
måtyuù—death; dhruvam—it is also a fact; janma—birth; måtasya—of the
dead; ca—also; tasmät—therefore; aparihärye—of that which is unavoidable;
arthe—in the matter; na—do not; tvam—you; çocitum—to lament;
arhasi—deserve.

na—there is not; iha—in this yoga; abhikrama—in endeavoring; näçaù—loss;


asti—there is; pratyaväyaù—diminution; na—never; vidyate—there is;
su-alpam—a little; api—although; asya—of this; dharmasya—of this
occupation; träyate—releases; mahataù—from very great; bhayät—danger.

vyavasäya-ätmikä—resolute in Kåñëa consciousness; buddhiù—intelligence;


ekä—only one; iha—in this world; kuru-nandana—O beloved child of the
Kurus; bahu-çäkhäù—having various branches; hi—indeed;
anantäù—unlimited; ca—also; buddhayaù—intelligence; avyavasäyinäm—of
those who are not in Kåñëa consciousness.

yäm imäm—all these; puñpitäm—flowery; väcam—words; pravadanti—say;


avipaçcitaù—men with a poor fund of knowledge; veda-väda-ratäù—supposed
followers of the Vedas; pärtha—O son of Påthä; na—never; anyat—anything
else; asti—there is; iti—thus; vädinaù—the advocates;
käma-ätmänaù—desirous of sense gratification; svarga-paräù—aiming to
achieve heavenly planets; janma-karma-phala-pradäm—resulting in good birth
and other fruitive reactions; kriyä-viçeña—pompous ceremonies;
bahuläm—various; bhoga—in sense enjoyment; aiçvarya—and opulence;
gatim—progress; prati—towards.

bhoga—to material enjoyment; aiçvarya—and opulence; prasaktänäm—for


those who are attached; tayä—by such things; apahåta-cetasäm—bewildered in
mind; vyavasäya-ätmikä—fixed in determination; buddhiù—devotional service

32
to the Lord; samädhau—in the controlled mind; na—never; vidhéyate—does
take place.

trai-guëya—pertaining to the three modes of material nature; viñayäù—on the


subject matter; vedäù—Vedic literatures; nistrai-guëyaù—transcendental to
the three modes of material nature; bhava—be; arjuna—O Arjuna;
nirdvandvaù—without duality; nitya-sattva-sthaù—in a pure state of spiritual
existence; niryoga-kñemaù—free from ideas of gain and protection;
ätma-vän—established in the Self.

yävän—all that; arthaù—is meant; uda-päne—in a well of water; sarvataù—in


all respects; sampluta-udake—in a great reservoir of water; tävän—similarly;
sarveñu—in all; vedeñu—Vedic literatures; brähmaëasya—of the man who
knows the Supreme Brahman; vijänataù—who is in complete knowledge.

karmaëi—in prescribed duties; eva—certainly; adhikäraù—right; te—of you;


mä—never; phaleñu—in the fruits; kadäcana—at any time; mä—never;
karma-phala—in the result of the work; hetuù—cause; bhüù—become;
mä—never; te—of you; saìgaù—attachment; astu—there should be;
akarmaëi—in not doing prescribed duties.

yoga-sthaù—equipoised; kuru—perform; karmäëi—your duties;


saìgam—attachment; tyaktvä—giving up; dhanaïjaya—O Arjuna;
siddhi-asiddhyoù—in success and failure; samaù—equipoised;
bhütvä—becoming; samatvam—equanimity; yogaù—yoga; ucyate—is called.

düreëa—discard it at a long distance; hi—certainly; avaram—abominable;


karma—activity; buddhi-yogät—on the strength of Kåñëa consciousness;
dhanaïjaya—O conqueror of wealth; buddhau—in such consciousness;
çaraëam—full surrender; anviccha—try for; kåpaëäù—misers;
phala-hetavaù—those desiring fruitive results.

buddhi-yuktaù—one who is engaged in devotional service; jahäti—can get rid

33
of; iha—in this life; ubhe—both; sukåta-duñkåte—good and bad results;
tasmät—therefore; yogäya—for the sake of devotional service; yujyasva—be so
engaged; yogaù—Kåñëa consciousness; karmasu—in all activities;
kauçalam—art.

karma-jam—due to fruitive activities; buddhi-yuktäù—being engaged in


devotional service; hi—certainly; phalam—results; tyaktvä—giving up;
manéñiëaù—great sages or devotees; janma-bandha—from the bondage of birth
and death; vinirmuktäù—liberated; padam—position; gacchanti—they reach;
anämayam—without miseries.

yadä—when; te—your; moha—of illusion; kalilam—dense forest;


buddhiù—transcendental service with intelligence; vyatitariñyati—surpasses;
tadä—at that time; gantä asi—you shall go; nirvedam—callousness;
çrotavyasya—toward all that is to be heard; çrutasya—all that is already heard;
ca—also.

çré bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;


prajahäti—gives up; yadä—when; kämän—desires for sense gratification;
sarvän—of all varieties; pärtha—O son of Påthä; manaù-gatän—of mental
concoction; ätmani—in the pure state of the soul; eva—certainly; ätmanä—by
the purified mind; tuñöaù—satisfied; sthita-prajïaù—transcendentally situated;
tadä—at that time; ucyate—is said.

duùkheñu—in the threefold miseries; anudvigna-manäù—without being


agitated in mind; sukheñu—in happiness; vigata-spåhaù—without being
interested; véta—free from; räga—attachment; bhaya—fear; krodhaù—and
anger; sthita-dhéù—whose mind is steady; muniù—a sage; ucyate—is called.

yaù—one who; sarvatra—everywhere; anabhisnehaù—without affection;


tat—that; tat—that; präpya—achieving; çubha—good; açubham—evil;
na—never; abhinandati—praises; na—never; dveñöi—envies; tasya—his;
prajïä—perfect knowledge; pratiñöhitä—fixed.

34
viñayäù—objects for sense enjoyment; vinivartante—are practiced to be
refrained from; nirähärasya—by negative restrictions; dehinaù—for the
embodied; rasa-varjam—giving up the taste; rasaù—sense of enjoyment;
api—although there is; asya—his; param—far superior things; dåñövä—by
experiencing; nivartate—he ceases from.

yatataù—while endeavoring; hi—certainly; api—in spite of; kaunteya—O son


of Kunté; puruñasya—of a man; vipaçcitaù—full of discriminating knowledge;
indriyäëi—the senses; pramäthéni—agitating; haranti—throw; prasabham—by
force; manaù—the mind.

täni—those senses; sarväëi—all; saàyamya—keeping under control;


yuktaù—engaged; äséta—should be situated; mat-paraù—in relationship with
Me; vaçe—in full subjugation; hi—certainly; yasya—one whose;
indriyäëi—senses; tasya—his; prajïä—consciousness; pratiñöhitä—fixed.

dhyäyataù—while contemplating; viñayän—sense objects; puàsaù—of a


person; saìgaù—attachment; teñu—in the sense objects; upajäyate—develops;
saìgät—from attachment; saïjäyate—develops; kämaù—desire; kämät—from
desire; krodhaù—anger; abhijäyate—becomes manifest.

krodhät—from anger; bhavati—takes place; sammohaù—perfect illusion;


sammohät—from illusion; småti—of memory; vibhramaù—bewilderment;
småti-bhraàçät—after bewilderment of memory; buddhi-näçaù—loss of
intelligence; buddhi-näçät—and from loss of intelligence; praëaçyati—one falls
down.

räga—attachment; dveña—and detachment; vimuktaiù—by one who has


become free from; tu—but; viñayän—sense objects; indriyaiù—by the senses;
caran—acting upon; ätma-vaçyaiù—under one's control; vidheya-ätmä—one
who follows regulated freedom; prasädam—the mercy of the Lord;
adhigacchati—attains.

35
prasäde—on achievement of the causeless mercy of the Lord; sarva—of all;
duùkhänäm—material miseries; häniù—destruction; asya—his;
upajäyate—takes place; prasanna—cetasaù—of the happy-minded;
hi—certainly; äçu—very soon; buddhiù—intelligence; pari—sufficiently;
avatiñöhate—becomes established.

na asti—there cannot be; buddhiù—transcendental intelligence;


ayuktasya—of one who is not connected (with Kåñëa consciousness); na—not;
ca—and; ayuktasya—of one devoid of Kåñëa consciousness; bhävanä—fixed
mind (in happiness); na—not; ca—and; abhävayataù—of one who is not fixed;
çäntiù—peace; açäntasya—of the unpeaceful; kutaù—where is;
sukham—happiness.

indriyäëäm—of the senses; hi—certainly; caratäm—while roaming; yat—with


which; manaù—the mind; anuvidhéyate—becomes constantly engaged;
tat—that; asya—his; harati—takes away; prajïäm—intelligence;
väyuù—wind; nävam—a boat; iva—like; ambhasi—on the water.

yä—what; niçä—is night; sarva—all; bhütänäm—of living entities; tasyäm—in


that; jägarti—is wakeful; saàyamé—the self-controlled; yasyäm—in which;
jägrati—are awake; bhütäni—all beings; sä—that is; niçä—night;
paçyataù—for the introspective; muneù—sage.

äpüryamäëam—always being filled; acala-pratiñöham—steadily situated;


samudram—the ocean; äpaù—waters; praviçanti—enter; yadvat—as;
tadvat—so; kämäù—desires; yam—unto whom; praviçanti—enter; sarve—all;
saù—that person; çäntim—peace; äpnoti—achieves; na—not;
käma-kämé—one who desires to fulfill desires.

na—not; karmaëäm—of prescribed duties; anärambhät—by non-performance;


naiñkarmyam—freedom from reaction; puruñaù—a man; açnute—achieves;
na—nor; ca—also; sannyasanät—by renunciation; eva—simply;
siddhim—success; samadhigacchati—attains.

36
na—nor; hi—certainly; kaçcit—anyone; kñaëam—a moment; api—also;
jätu—at any time; tiñöhati—remains; akarma-kåt—without doing something;
käryate—is forced to do; hi—certainly; avaçaù—helplessly; karma—work;
sarvaù—all; prakåti-jaiù—born of the modes of material nature; guëaiù—by
the qualities.

karma-indriyäëi—the five working sense organs; saàyamya—controlling;


yaù—anyone who; äste—remains; manasä—by the mind; smaran—thinking
of; indriya-arthän—sense objects; vimüòha—foolish; ätmä—soul;
mithyä-äcäraù—pretender; saù—he; ucyate—is called.

yaù—one who; tu—but; indriyäëi—the senses; manasä—by the mind;


niyamya—regulating; ärabhate—begins; arjuna—O Arjuna;
karma-indriyaiù—by the active sense organs; karma-yogam—devotion;
asaktaù—without attachment; saù—he; viçiñyate—is by far the better.

niyatam—prescribed; kuru—do; karma—duties; tvam—you; karma—work;


jyäyaù—better; hi—certainly; akarmaëaù—than no work; çaréra—bodily;
yäträ—maintenance; api—even; ca—also; te—your; na—never;
prasiddhyet—is effected; akarmaëaù—without work.

yajïa-arthät—done only for the sake of Yajïa, or Viñëu; karmaëaù—than


work; anyatra—otherwise; lokaù—world; ayam—this;
karma-bandhanaù—bondage by work; tat—of Him; artham—for the sake;
karma—work; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; mukta-saìgaù—liberated from
association; samäcara—do perfectly.

saha—along with; yajïäù—sacrifices; prajäù—generations; såñöva—creating;


purä—anciently; uväca—said; prajä-patiù—the Lord of creatures; anena—by
this; prasaviñyadhvam—be more and more prosperous; eñaù—this; vaù—your;
astu—let it be; iñöa—of all desirable things; käma-dhuk—bestower.

iñöän—desired; bhogän—necessities of life; hi—certainly; vaù—unto you;

37
deväù—the demigods; däsyante—will award; yajïa-bhävitäù—being satisfied
by the performance of sacrifices; taiù—by them; dattän—things given;
apradäya—without offering; ebhyaù—to these demigods; yaù—he who;
bhuìkte—enjoys; stenaù—thief; eva—certainly; saù—he.

yajïa-çiñöa—food taken after performance of yajïa; açinaù—eaters;


santaù—the devotees; mucyante—get relief; sarva—all kinds of;
kilbiñaiù—from sins; bhuïjate—enjoy; te—they; tu—but; agham—grievous
sins; päpäù—sinners; ye—who; pacanti—prepare food; ätma-käraëät—for
sense enjoyment.

annät—from grains; bhavanti—grow; bhütäni—the material bodies;


parjanyät—from rains; anna—of food grains; sambhavaù—production;
yajïät—from the performance of sacrifice; bhavati—becomes possible;
parjanyaù—rain; yajïaù—performance of yajïa; karma—prescribed duties;
samudbhavaù—born of.

evam—thus; pravartitam—established by the Vedas; cakram—cycle; na—does


not; anuvartayati—adopt; iha—in this life; yaù—one who; agha-äyuù—life full
of sins; indriya-ärämaù—satisfied in sense gratification; mogham—uselessly;
pärtha—O son of Påthä (Arjuna); saù—he; jévati—lives.

yaù—one who; tu—but; ätma-ratiù—taking pleasure in the self;


eva—certainly; syät—remains; ätma-tåptaù—self-illuminated; ca—and;
mänavaù—a man; ätmani—in himself; eva—only; ca—and;
santuñöaù—perfectly satiated; tasya—his; käryam—duty; na—does not;
vidyate—exist.

yat yat—whatever; äcarati—he does; çreñöhaù—a respectable leader; tat—that;


tat—and that alone; eva—certainly; itaraù—common; janaù—person;
saù—he; yat—whichever; pramäëam—evidence; kurute—does perform;
lokaù—all the world; tat—that; anuvartate—follow in the footsteps.

38
na—not; me—Mine; pärtha—O son of Påthä; asti—there is;
kartavyam—prescribed duty; triñu—in the three; lokeñu—planetary systems;
kiïcana—any; na—nothing; anaväptam—wanted; aväptavyam—to be gained;
varte—I am engaged; eva—certainly; ca—also; karmaëi—in prescribed duty.

utsédeyuù—would be put into ruin; ime—all these; lokäù—worlds; na—not;


kuryäm—I perform; karma—prescribed duties; cet—if; aham—I;
saìkarasya—of unwanted population; ca—and; kartä—creator; syäm—would
be; upahanyäm—would destroy; imäù—all these; prajäù—living entities.

na—not; buddhi-bhedam—disruption of intelligence; janayet—he should


cause; ajïänäm—of the foolish; karma-saìginäm—who are attached to
fruitive work; joñayet—he should dovetail; sarva—all; karmäëi—work;
vidvän—a learned person; yuktaù—engaged; samäcaran—practicing.

prakåteù—of material nature; kriyamäëäni—being done; guëaiù—by the


modes; karmäëi—activities; sarvaçaù—all kinds of;
ahaìkära-vimüòha—bewildered by false ego; ätmä—the spirit soul;
kartä—doer; aham—I; iti—thus; manyate—he thinks.

tattva-vit—the knower of the Absolute Truth; tu—but; mahä-bäho—O


mighty-armed one; guëa-karma—of works under material influence;
vibhägayoù—differences; guëäù—senses; guëeñu—in sense gratification;
vartante—are being engaged; iti—thus; matvä—thinking; na—never;
sajjate—becomes attached.

mayi—unto Me; sarväëi—all sorts of; karmäëi—activities; sannyasya—giving


up completely; adhyätma—with full knowledge of the self; cetasä—by
consciousness; niräçéù—without desire for profit; nirmamaù—without
ownership; bhütvä—so being; yudhyasva—fight; vigata-jvaraù—without being
lethargic.

çreyän—far better; sva-dharmaù—one's prescribed duties; viguëaù—even

39
faulty; para-dharmät—than duties mentioned for others;
su-anuñöhität—perfectly done; sva-dharme—in one's prescribed duties;
nidhanam—destruction; çreyaù—better; para-dharmaù—duties prescribed for
others; bhaya-ävahaù—dangerous.

çré bhagavän uväca—the Personality of Godhead said; kämaù—lust;


eñaù—this; krodhaù—wrath; eñaù—this; rajaù-guëa—the mode of passion;
samudbhavaù—born of; mahä-açanaù—all-devouring; mahä-päpmä—greatly
sinful; viddhi—know; enam—this; iha—in the material world;
variëam—greatest enemy.

ävåtam—covered; jïänam—pure consciousness; etena—by this; jïäninaù—of


the knower; nitya-vairiëä—by the eternal enemy; käma-rüpeëa—in the form
of lust; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; duñpüreëa—never to be satisfied;
analena—by the fire; ca—also.

indriyäëi—the senses; manaù—the mind; buddhiù—the intelligence; asya—of


this lust; adhiñöhänam—sitting place; ucyate—is called; etaiù—by all these;
vimohayati—bewilders; eñaù—this lust; jïänam—knowledge;
ävåtya—covering; dehinam—of the embodied.

tasmät—therefore; tvam—you; indriyäëi—senses; ädau—in the beginning;


niyamya—by regulating; bharata-åñabha—O chief amongst the descendants of
Bharata; päpmänam—the great symbol of sin; prajahi—curb; hi—certainly;
enam—this; jïäna—of knowledge; vijïäna—and scientific knowledge of the
pure soul; näçanam—the destroyer.

indriyäëi—senses; paräëi—superior; ähuù—are said; indriyebhyaù—more than


the senses; param—superior; manaù—the mind; manasaù—more than the
mind; tu—also; parä—superior; buddhiù—intelligence; yaù—who;
buddheù—more than the intelligence; parataù—superior; tu—but; saù—he.

40
çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; imam—this;
vivasvate—unto the sun-god; yogam—the science of one's relationship to the
Supreme; proktavän—instructed; aham—I; avyayam—imperishable;
vivasvän—Vivasvän (the sun-god's name); manave—unto the father of
mankind (of the name Vaivasvata); präha—told; manuù—the father of
mankind; ikñväkave—unto King Ikñväku; abravét—said.

evam—thus; paramparä—disciplic succession; präptam—received; imam—this


science; räja-åñayaù—the saintly kings; viduù—understood; saù—that
knowledge; kälena—in the course of time; iha—in this world; mahatä—great;
yogaù—the science of one's relationship with the Supreme; nañöaù—scattered;
parantapa—O Arjuna, subduer of the enemies.

saù—the same; eva—certainly; ayam—this; mayä—by Me; te—unto you;


adya—today; yogaù—the science of yoga; proktaù—spoken; purätanaù—very
old; bhaktaù—devotee; asi—you are; me—My; sakhä—friend; ca—also;
iti—therefore; rahasyam—mystery; hi—certainly; etat—this;
uttamam—transcendental.

çré bhagavän uväca—the Personality of Godhead said; bahüni—many; me—of


Mine; vyatétäni—have passed; janmäni—births; tava—of yours; ca—and also;
arjuna—O Arjuna; täni—those; aham—I; veda—do know; sarväëi—all;
na—not; tvam—you; vettha—know; parantapa—O subduer of the enemy.

ajaù—unborn; api—although; san—being so; avyaya—without deterioration;


ätmä—body; bhütänäm—of all those who are born; éçvaraù—the Supreme
Lord; api—although; san—being so; prakåtim—in the transcendental form;
sväm—of Myself; adhiñöhäya—being so situated; sambhavämi—I do incarnate;
ätma-mäyayä—by My internal energy.

yadä yadä—whenever and wherever; hi—certainly; dharmasya—of religion;


gläniù—discrepancies; bhavati—become manifested; bhärata—O descendant
of Bharata; abhyutthänam—predominance; adharmasya—of irreligion;

41
tadä—at that time; ätmänam—self; såjämi—manifest; aham—I.

pariträëäya—for the deliverance; sädhünäm—of the devotees; vinäçäya—for


the annihilation; ca—and; duñkåtäm—of the miscreants; dharma—principles
of religion; saàsthäpana-arthäya—to reestablish; sambhavämi—I do appear;
yuge—millennium; yuge—after millennium.

janma—birth; karma—work; ca—also; me—of Mine;


divyam—transcendental; evam—like this; yaù—anyone who; vetti—knows;
tattvataù—in reality; tyaktvä—leaving aside; deham—this body;
punaù—again; janma—birth; na—never; eti—does attain; mäm—unto Me;
eti—does attain; saù—he; arjuna—O Arjuna.

véta—freed from; räga—attachment; bhaya—fear; krodhäù—and anger;


mat-mayä—fully in Me; mäm—in Me; upäçritäù—being fully situated;
bahavaù—many; jïäna—of knowledge; tapasä—by the penance; pütäù—being
purified; mat-bhävam—transcendental love for Me; ägatäù—attained.

ye—all who; yathä—as; mäm—unto Me; prapadyante—surrender; tän—them;


tathä—so; eva—certainly; bhajämi—reward; aham—I; mama—My;
vartma—path; anuvartante—follow; manuñyäù—all men; pärtha—O son of
Påthä; sarvaçaù—in all respects.

cätuù-varëyam—the four divisions of human society; mayä—by me;


såñöam—created; guëa—of quality; karma—and work; vibhägaçaù—in terms of
division; tasya—of that; kartäram—the father; api—although; mäm—Me;
viddhi—you may know; akartäram—as the nondoer; avyayam—unchangeable.

tat—that knowledge of different sacrifices; viddhi—try to understand;


praëipätena—by approaching a spiritual master; paripraçnena—by submissive
inquiries; sevayä—by the rendering of service; upadekñyanti—they will
initiate; te—you; jïänam—into knowledge; jïäninaù—the self-realized;
tattva—of the truth; darçinaù—seers.

42
yat—which; jïätvä—knowing; na—never; punaù—again; moham—to illusion;
evam—like this; yäsyasi—you shall go; päëòava—O son of Päëòu; yena—by
which; bhütäni—living entities; açeñäëi—all; drakñyasi—you will see;
ätmani—in the Supreme Soul; atha u—or in other words; mayi—in Me.

api—even; cet—if; asi—you are; päpebhyaù—of sinners; sarvebhyaù—of all;


päpa-kåt-tamaù—the greatest sinner; sarvam—all such sinful reactions;
jïäna-plavena—by the boat of transcendental knowledge; eva—certainly;
våjinam—the ocean of miseries; santariñyasi—you will cross completely.

na—nothing; hi—certainly; jïänena—with knowledge; sadåçam—in


comparison; pavitram—sanctified; iha—in this world; vidyate—exists;
tat—that; svayam—himself; yoga—in devotion; saàsiddhaù—he who is
mature; kälena—in course of time; ätmani—in himself; vindati—enjoys.

ajïaù—a fool who has no knowledge in standard scriptures; ca—and;


açraddadhänaù—without faith in revealed scriptures; ca—also; saàçaya—of
doubts; ätmä—a person; vinaçyati—falls back; na—never; ayam—in this;
lokaù—world; asti—there is; na—nor; paraù—in the next life; na—not;
sukham—happiness; saàçaya—doubtful; ätmanaù—of the person.

tasmät—therefore; ajïäna-sambhütam—born of ignorance;


håt-stham—situated in the heart; jïäna—of knowledge; asinä—by the weapon;
ätmanaù—of the self; chittvä—cutting off; enam—this; saàçayam—doubt;
yogam—in yoga; ätiñöha—be situated; uttiñöha—stand up to fight; bhärata—O
descendant of Bharata.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Personality of Godhead said;


sannyäsaù—renunciation of work; karma-yogaù—work in devotion; ca—also;
niùçreyasa-karau—leading to the path of liberation; ubhau—both; tayoù—of
the two; tu—but; karma-sannyäsät—in comparison to the renunciation of
fruitive work; karma-yogaù—work in devotion; viçiñyate—is better.

43
sannyäsaù—the renounced order of life; tu—but; mahä-bäho—O
mighty-armed one; duùkham—distress; äptum—afflicts one with;
ayogataù—without devotional service; yoga-yuktaù—one engaged in
devotional service; muniù—a thinker; brahma—the Supreme; na
cireëa—without delay; adhigacchati—attains.

yoga-yuktaù—engaged in devotional service; viçuddha-ätmä—a purified soul;


vijita-ätmä—self-controlled; jita-indriyaù—having conquered the senses;
sarva-bhüta—to all living entities; ätma-bhüta-ätmä—compassionate; kurvan
api—although engaged in work; na—never; lipyate—is entangled.

brahmaëi—unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ädhäya—resigning;


karmäëi—all works; saìgam—attachment; tyaktvä—giving up;
karoti—performs; yaù—who; lipyate—is affected; na—never; saù—he;
päpena—by sin; padma-patram—a lotus leaf; iva—like; ambhasä—by the
water.

jïänena—by knowledge; tu—but; tat—that; ajïänam—nescience;


yeñäm—whose; näçitam—is destroyed; ätmanaù—of the living entity;
teñäm—their; äditya-vat—like the rising sun; jïänam—knowledge;
prakäçayati—discloses; tat param—Kåñëa consciousness.

vidyä—with education; vinaya—and gentleness; sampanne—fully equipped;


brähmaëe—in the brähmaëa; gavi—in the cow; hastini—in the elephant;
çuni—in the dog; ca—and; eva—certainly; çva-päke—in the dog-eater (the
outcaste); ca—respectively; paëòitäù—those who are wise;
sama-darçinaù—who see with equal vision.

na—never; prahåñyet—rejoices; priyam—the pleasant; präpya—achieving;


na—does not; udvijet—become agitated; präpya—obtaining; ca-also;
apriyam—the unpleasant; sthira-buddhiù—self-intelligent;
asammüòhaù—unbewildered; brahma-vit—one who knows the Supreme
perfectly; brahmaëi—in the transcendence; sthitaù—situated.

44
ye—those; hi—certainly; saàsparça-jäù—by contact with the material senses;
bhogäù—enjoyments; duùkha—distress; yonayaù—sources of; eva-certainly;
te—they are; ädi—beginning; anta—end; vantaù—subject to; kaunteya—O
son of Kunté; na—never; teñu—in those; ramate—take delight; budhaù—the
intelligent person.

yaù—one who; antaù-sukhaù—happy from within; antaù-ärämaù—actively


enjoying within; tathä—as well as; antaù-jyotiù—aiming within;
eva—certainly; yaù—anyone; saù—he; yogé—a mystic;
brahma-nirväëam—liberation in the Supreme; brahma-bhütaù—being
self-realized; adhigacchati—attains.

bhoktäram—the beneficiary; yajïa—of sacrifices; tapasäm—and penances and


austerities; sarva-loka—of all planets and the demigods thereof;
maha-éçvaram—the Supreme Lord; su-hådam—benefactor; sarva—of all;
bhütänäm—the living entities; jïätvä—thus knowing; mäm—Me (Lord
Kåñëa); çäntim—relief from material pangs; åcchati—one achieves.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Lord said; anäçritaù—without taking shelter;


karma-phalam—the result of work; käryam—obligatory; karma—work;
karoti—performs; yaù—one who; saù—he; sannyäsé—in the renounced order;
ca—also; yogé—mystic; ca—also; na—not; niù—without; agniù—fire;
na—nor; ca—also; akriyaù—without duty.

uddharet—one must deliver; ätmanä—by the mind; ätmänam—the


conditioned soul; na—never; ätmänam—the conditioned soul;
avasädayet—put into degradation; ätmä—mind; eva—certainly; hi—indeed;
ätmanaù—of the conditioned soul; bandhuù—friend; ätmä—mind;
eva—certainly; ripuù—enemy; ätmanaù—of the conditioned soul.

bandhuù—friend; ätmä—the mind; ätmanaù—of the living entity; tasya—of


him; yena—by whom; ätmä—mind; eva—certainly; ätmanä—by the living
entity; jitaù—conquered; anätmanaù—of one who has failed to control the

45
mind; tu—but; çatrutve—because of enmity; varteta—remains; ätmä eva—the
very mind; çatru-vat—as an enemy.

jita-ätmanaù—of one who has conquered his mind; praçäntasya—who has


attained tranquility by such control over the mind; parama-ätmä—the
Supersoul; samähitaù—approached completely; çéta—in cold; uñëa—heat;
sukha—happiness; duùkheñu—and distress; tatha—also; mäna—in honor;
apamänayoù—and dishonor.

jïäna—by acquired knowledge; vijïäna—and realized knowledge;


tåpta—satisfied; ätmä—a living entity; küöa-sthaù—spiritually situated;
vijita-indriyaù—sensually controlled; yuktaù—competent for self-realization;
iti—thus; ucyate—is said; yogé—a mystic; sama—equipoised; loñöra—pebbles;
açma—stone; käïcanaù—gold.

na—never; ati—too much; açnataù—of one who eats; tu—but; yogaù—linking


with the Supreme; asti—there is; na—nor; ca—also; ekäntam—overly;
anaçnataù—abstaining from eating; na—nor; ca—also; ati—too much;
svapna-çélasya—of one who sleeps; jägrataù—or one who keeps night watch
too much; na—not; eva—ever; ca—and; arjuna—O Arjuna.

yukta—regulated; ähära—eating; vihärasya—recreation; yukta—regulated;


ceñöasya—of one who works for maintenance; karmasu—in discharging duties;
yukta—regulated; svapna-avabodhasya—sleep and wakefulness;
yogaù—practice of yoga; bhavati—becomes; duùkha-hä—diminishing pains.

yathä—as; dépaù—a lamp; niväta-sthaù—in a place without wind; na—does


not; iìgate—waver; sä—this; upamä—comparison; småtä—is considered;
yoginaù—of the yogé; yata-cittasya—whose mind is controlled;
yuïjataù—constantly engaged; yogam—in meditation; ätmanaù—on
transcendence.

yatra—in that state of affairs where; uparamate—cease (because one feels

46
transcendental happiness); cittam—mental activities; niruddham—being
restrained from matter; yoga-sevayä—by performance of yoga; yatra—in
which; ca—also; eva—certainly; ätmanä—by the pure mind; ätmänam—the
self; paçyan—realizing the position of; ätmani—in the self; tuñyati—one
becomes satisfied; sukham—happiness; ätyantikam—supreme; yat—which;
tat—that; buddhi—by intelligence; grähyam—accessible;
aténdriyam—transcendental; vetti—one knows; yatra—wherein; na—never;
ca—also; eva—certainly; ayam—he; sthitaù—situated; calati—moves;
tattvataù—from the truth; yam—that which; labdhvä—by attainment;
ca—also; aparam—any other; läbham—gain; manyate—considers; na—never;
adhikam—more; tataù—than that; yasmin—in which; sthitaù—being situated;
na—never; duùkhena—by miseries; guruëä api—even though very difficult;
vicälyate—becomes shaken; tam—that; vidyät—you must know;
duùkha-saàyoga—of the miseries of material contact;
viyogam—extermination; yoga-saàjïitam—called trance in yoga.

saù—that; niçcayena—with firm determination; yoktavayaù—must be


practiced; yogaù—yoga system; anirviëëa-cetasä—without deviation;
saìkalpa—mental speculations; prabhavän—born of; kämän—material desires;
tyaktvä—giving up; sarvän—all; açeñataù—completely; manasä—by the mind;
eva—certainly; indriya-grämam—the full set of senses; viniyamya—regulating;
samantataù—from all sides.

yataù yataù—wherever; niçcalati—becomes verily agitated; manaù—the mind;


caïcalam—flickering; asthiram—unsteady; tataù tataù—from there;
niyamya—regulating; etat—this; ätmani—in the self; eva—certainly;
vaçam—control; nayet—must bring under.

praçänta—peaceful, fixed on the lotus feet of Kåñëa; manasam—whose mind;


hi—certainly; enam—this; yoginam—yogé; sukham—happiness; uttamam—the
highest; upaiti—attains; çänta-rajasam—his passion pacified;
brahma-bhütam—liberation by identification with the Absolute;
akalmañam—freed from all past sinful reactions.

47
sarva-bhüta-stham—situated in all beings; ätmänam—the Supersoul;
sarva—all; bhütäni—entities; ca—also; ätmani—in the self; ékñate—does see;
yoga-yukta-ätmä—one who is dovetailed in Kåñëa consciousness;
sarvatra—everywhere; sama-darçanaù—seeing equally.

yaù—whoever; mäm—Me; paçyati—sees; sarvatra—everywhere;


sarvam—everything; ca—and; mayi—in Me; paçyati—sees; tasya—for him;
aham—I; na—not; praëaçyämi—am lost; saù—he; ca—also; me—to Me;
na—nor; praëaçyati—is lost.

caïcalam—flickering; hi—certainly; manaù—mind; kåñëa—O Kåñëa;


pramäthi—agitating; bala-vat—strong; dåòham—obstinate; tasya—its;
aham—I; nigraham—subduing; manye—think; väyoù—of the wind; iva—like;
su-duñkaram—difficult.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Personality of Godhead said;


asaàçayam—undoubtedly; mäha-bäho—O mighty-armed one; manaù—the
mind; durnigraham—difficult to curb; calam—flickering; abhyäsena—by
practice; tu—but; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; vairägyeëa—by detachment;
ca—also; gåhyate—can be so controlled.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; pärtha—O son


of Påthä; na eva—never is it so; iha—in this material world; na—never;
amutra—in the next life; vinäçaù—destruction; tasya—his; vidyate—exists;
na—never; hi—certainly; kalyäëa-kåt—one who is engaged in auspicious
activities; kaçcit—anyone; durgatim—to degradation; täta—My friend;
gacchati—goes.

präpya—after achieving; puëya-kåtäm—of those who performed pious


activities; lokän—planets; uñitvä—after dwelling; çäçvatéù—many;
samäù—years; çucénäm—of the pious; çré-matäm—of the prosperous; gehe—in
the house; yoga-bhrañöaù—one who has fallen from the path of self-realization;
abhijäyate—takes his birth.

48
atha vä—or; yoginäm—of learned transcendentalists; eva—certainly; kule—in
the family; bhavati—takes birth; dhé-matäm—of those who are endowed with
great wisdom; etat—this; hi—certainly; durlabha-taram—very rare; loke—in
this world; janma—birth; yat—that which; édåçam—like this.

tatra—thereupon; tam—that; buddhi-saàyogam—revival of consciousness;


labhate—gains; paurva-dehikam—from the previous body; yatate—he
endeavors; ca—also; tataù—thereafter; bhüyaù—again; saàsiddhau—for
perfection; kuru-nandana—O son of Kuru.

pürva—previous; abhyäsena—by practice; tena—by that; eva—certainly;


hriyate—is attracted; hi—surely; avaçaù—automatically; api—even; saù—he;
jijïäsuù—inquisitive; api—so; yogasya—about yoga; çabda-brahma—ritualistic
principles of scriptures; ativartate—transcends.

prayatnät—by rigid practice; yatamänaù—endeavoring; tu—and; yogé—such a


transcendentalist; saàçuddha—washed off; kilbiñaù—all of whose sins;
aneka—after many, many; janma—births; saàsiddhaù—having achieved
perfection; tataù—thereafter; yäti—attains; paräm—the highest;
gatim—destination.

yoginäm—of yogés; api—also; sarveçäm—all types of; mat-gatena—abiding in


Me, always thinking of Me; antaù-ätmana—within himself; çraddhä-vän—in
full faith; bhajate—renders transcendental loving service; yaù—one who;
mäm—to Me (the Supreme Lord); saù—he; me—by Me; yukta-tamaù—the
greatest yogé; mataù—is considered.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Lord said; mayi—to Me;


äsakta-manäù—mind attached; pärtha—O son of Påthä;
yogam—self-realization; yuïjan—practicing; mat-äçrayaù—in consciousness
of Me (Kåñëa consciousness); asaàçayam—without doubt;
samagram—completely; mäm—Me; yathä—how; jïäsyasi—you can know;
tat—that; çåëu—try to hear.

49
jïänam—phenomenal knowledge; te—unto you; aham—I; sa—with;
vijïänam—numinous knowledge; idam—this; vakñyämi—shall explain;
açeñataù—in full; yat—which; jïätvä—knowing; na—not; iha—in this world;
bhüyaù—further; anyat—anything more; jïätavyam—knowable;
aviçiñyate—remains.

manuñyäëäm—of men; sahasreñu—out of many thousands; kaçcit—someone;


yatati—endeavors; siddhaye—for perfection; yatatäm—of those so
endeavoring; api—indeed; siddhänäm—of those who have achieved
perfection; kaçcit—someone; mäm—Me; vetti—does know; tattvataù—in fact.

bhümiù—earth; äpaù—water; analaù—fire; väyuù—air; kham—ether;


manaù—mind; buddhiù—intelligence; eva—certainly; ca—and;
ahaìkäraù—false ego; iti—thus; iyam—all these; me—My; bhinnä—separated;
prakåtiù—energies; añöadhä—eightfold.

aparä—inferior; iyam—this; itaù—besides this; tu—but; anyäm—another;


prakåtim—energy; viddhi—just try to understand; me-My; paräm—superior;
jéva-bhütäm—comprising the living entities; mahä-bäho—O mighty-armed
one; yayä—by whom; idam—this; dhäryate—is utilized or exploited;
jagat—the material world.

etat—these two natures; yonéni—whose source of birth; bhütäni—everything


created; sarväëi—all; iti—thus; upadhäraya—know; aham—I;
kåtsnasya—all-inclusive; jagataù—of the world; prabhavaù—the source of
manifestation; pralayaù—annihilation; tathä—as well as.

mattaù—beyond Me; para-taram—superior; na—not; anyat kiïcit—anything


else; asti—there is; dhanaïjaya—O conqueror of wealth; mayi—in Me;
sarvam—all that be; idam—which we see; protam—is strung; sütre—on a
thread; maëi-gaëäù—pearls; iva—like.

50
rasaù—taste; aham—I; apsu—in water; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;
prabhä—the light; asmi—I am; çaçi-süryayoù—of the moon and the sun;
praëavaù—the three letters a-u-m; sarva—in all; vedeñu—the Vedas;
çabdaù—sound vibration; khe—in the ether; pauruñam—ability; nåñu—in
man.

béjam—the seed; mäm—Me; sarva-bhütänäm—of all living entities;


viddhi—try to understand; pärtha—O son of Påthä; sanätanam—original,
eternal; buddhiù—intelligence; buddhi-matäm—of the intelligent; asmi—I am;
tejaù—prowess; tejasvinäm—of the powerful; aham—I am.

balam—strength; bala-vatäm—of the strong; ca—and; aham—I am;


käma—passion; räga—and attachment; vivarjitam—devoid of;
dharma-aviruddhaù—not against religious principles; bhüteñu—in all beings;
kämaù—sex life; asmi—I am; bharata-åñabha—O lord of the Bhäratas.

ye—all which; ca-and; eva—certainly; sättvikäù—in goodness; bhäväù—states


of being; räjasäù—in the mode of passion; tämasäù—in the mode of ignorance;
ca—also; ye—all which; mattaù—from Me; eva—certainly; iti—thus;
tän—those; viddhi—try to know; na—not; tu—but; aham—I; teñu—in them;
te—they; mayi—in Me.

tribhiù—three; guëa-mayaiù—consisting of the guëas; bhävaiù—by the states


of being; ebhiù—all these; sarvam—whole; idam—this; jagat—universe;
mohitam—deluded; na abhijänäti—does not know; mäm—Me; ebhyaù—above
these; param—the Supreme; avyayam—inexhaustible.

daivé—transcendental; hi—certainly; eñä—this; guëa-mayé—consisting of the


three modes of material nature; mama—My; mäyä—energy; duratyayä—very
difficult to overcome; mäm—unto me; eva—certainly; ye—those who;
prapadyante—surrender; mäyäm etäm—this illusory energy;
taranti—overcome; te—they.

51
na—not; mäm—unto Me; duñkåtinaù—miscreants; müòhäù—foolish;
prapadyante—surrender; nara-adhamäù—lowest among mankind; mäyayä—by
the illusory energy; apahåta—stolen; jïänäù—whose knowledge;
äsuram—demonic; bhävam—nature; äçritäù—accepting.

catuù-vidhäù—four kinds of; bhajante—render services; mäm—unto Me;


janäù—persons; su-kåtinaù—those who are pious; arjuna—O Arjuna;
ärtaù—the distressed; jijïäsuù—the inquisitive; artha-arthé—one who desires
material gain; jïäné—one who knows things as they are; ca—also;
bharata-åñabha—O great one amongst the descendants of Bharata.

teñäm—out of them; jïäné—one in full knowledge; nitya-yuktaù—always


engaged; eka—only; bhaktiù—in devotional service; viçiñyate—is special;
priyaù—very dear; hi—certainly; jïäninaù—to the person in knowledge;
atyartham—highly; aham—I am; saù—he; ca—also; mama—to Me;
priyaù—dear.

bahünäm—many; janmanäm—repeated births and deaths; ante—after;


jïäna-vän—one who is in full knowledge; mäm—unto Me;
prapadyate—surrenders; väsudevaù—the Personality of Godhead, Kåñëa;
sarvam—everything; iti—thus; saù—that; mahä-ätma—great soul;
su-durlabhaù—very rare to see.

kämaiù—by desires; taiù taiù—various; håta—deprived of;


jïänäù—knowledge; prapadyante—surrender; anya—to other;
devatäù—demigods; tam tam—corresponding; niyamam—regulations;
ästhäya—following; prakåtyä—by nature; niyatäù—controlled; svayä—by
their own.

saù—he; tayä—with that; çraddhayä—inspiration; yuktaù—endowed;


tasya—of that demigod; ärädhanam—for the worship; éhate—he aspires;
labhate—obtains; ca—and; tataù—from that; kämän—his desires; mayä—by
Me; eva—alone; vihitän—arranged; hi—certainly; tän—those.

52
anta-vat—perishable; tu—but; phalam -fruit; teñäm—their; tat—that;
bhavati—becomes; alpa-medhasäm—of those of small intelligence; devän—to
the demigods; deva-yajaù—the worshipers of the demigods; yänti—go;
mat—My; bhaktäù—devotees; yänti—go; mäm—to Me; api—also.

avyaktam—nonmanifested; vyaktim—personality; äpannam—achieved;


manyante—think; mäm—Me; abuddhayaù—less intelligent persons;
param—supreme; bhävam—existence; ajänantaù—without knowing;
mama—My; avyayam—imperishable; anuttamam—the finest.

na—nor; aham—I; prakäçaù—manifest; sarvasya—to everyone;


yoga-mäyä—by internal potency; samävåtaù—covered; müòhaù—foolish;
ayam—these; na—not; abhijänäti—can understand; lokaù—persons;
mäm—Me; ajam—unborn; avyayam—inexhaustible.

veda—know; aham—I; samatétäni—completely past; vartamänäni—present;


ca—and; arjuna—O Arjuna; bhaviñyäëi—future; ca—also; bhütäëi—all living
entities; mäm—Me; tu—but; veda—knows; na—not; kaçcana—anyone.

icchä—desire; dveña—and hate; samutthena—arisen from; dvandva—of


duality; mohena—by the illusion; bhärata—O scion of Bharata; sarva—all;
bhütäni—living entities; sammoham—into delusion; sarge—while taking
birth; yänti—go; parantapa—O conqueror of enemies.

yeñäm—whose; tu—but; anta-gatam—completely eradicated; päpam—sin;


janänäm—of the persons; puëya—pious; karmaëäm—whose previous
activities; te—they; dvandva—of duality; moha—delusion; nirmuktäù—free
from; bhajante—engage in devotional service; mäm—to Me;
dåòha-vratäù—with determination.

anta-käle—at the end of life; ca—also; mäm—Me; eva—certainly;


smaran—remembering; muktvä—quitting; kalevaram—the body; yaù—he
who; prayäti—goes; saù—he; mat-bhävam—My nature; yäti—achieves;

53
na—not; asti—there is; atra—here; saàçayaù—doubt.

yam yam—whatever; vä api—at all; smaran—remembering; bhävam—nature;


tyajati—gives up; ante—at the end; kalevaram—this body; tam tam—similar;
eva—certainly; eti—gets; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; sadä—always; tat—that;
bhäva—state of being; bhävitaù—remembering.

tasmät—therefore; sarveñu—at all; käleñu—times; mäm—Me; anusmara—go


on remembering; yudhya—fight; ca—also; mayi—unto Me;
arpita—surrendering; manaù—mind; buddhiù—intellect; mäm—unto Me;
eva—surely; eñyasi—you will attain; asaàçayaù—beyond a doubt.

abhyäsa-yoga—by practice; yuktena—being engaged in meditation; cetasä—by


the mind and intelligence; na anya-gäminä—without their being deviated;
paramam—the Supreme; puruñam—Personality of Godhead;
divyam—transcendental; yäti—one achieves; pärtha—O son of Påthä;
anucintayan—constantly thinking of.

ananya-cetäù—without deviation of the mind; satatam—always; yaù—anyone


who; mäm—Me (Kåñëa); smarati—remembers; nityaçaù—regularly; tasya—to
him; aham—I am; su-labhaù—very easy to achieve; pärtha—O son of Påthä;
nitya—regularly; yuktasya—engaged; yoginaù—for the devotee.

mäm—Me; upetya—achieving; punaù—again; jamna—birth;


duùkha-älayam—place of miseries; açäçvatam—temporary; na—never;
äpnuvanti—attain; mahä-ätmänaù—the great souls; saàsiddhim—perfection;
paramäm—ultimate; gatäù—having achieved.

ä-brahma bhuvanät—up to Brahmaloka planet; lokäù—the planetary systems;


punaù—again; ävartinaù—returning; arjuna—O Arjuna; mäm—unto Me;
upetya—arriving; tu—but; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; punaù janma—rebirth;
na—never; vidyate—takes place.

54
sahasra—one thousand; yuga—millenniums; paryantam—including;
ahaù—day; yat—that which; brahmaëaù—of Brahmä; viduù—they know;
rätrim—night; yuga—millenniums; sahasra-antäm—similarly, ending after
one thousand; te—they; ahaù—rätra—day and night; vidaù—who understand;
janäù—people.

bhüta-grämaù—the aggregate of all living entities; saù—these; eva—certainly;


ayam—this; bhütvä bhütvä—repeatedly taking birth; praléyate—is annihilated;
rätri—of night; ägame—on the arrival; avaçaù—automatically; pärtha—O son
of Påthä; prabhavati—is manifest; ahaù—of daytime; ägame—on the arrival.

paraù—transcendental; tasmät—to that; tu—but; bhävaù—nature;


anyaù—another; avyaktaù—unmanifest; avyaktät—to the unmanifest;
sanätanaù—eternal; yaù saù—that which; sarveñu—all;
bhüteñu—manifestation; naçyatsu—being annihilated; na—never;
vinaçyati—is annihilated.

avyaktaù—unmanifested; akñaraù—infallible; iti—thus; uktaù—is said;


tam—that; ähuù—is known; paramäm—the ultimate; gatim—destination;
yam—which; präpya—gaining; na—never; nivartante—come back; tat—that;
dhäma—abode; paramam—supreme; mama—My.

vedeñu—in the study of the Vedas; yajïeñu—in the performances of yajïa,


sacrifice; tapaùsu—in undergoing different types of austerities; ca—also;
eva—certainly; däneñu—in giving charities; yat—that which;
puëya-phalam—result of pious work; pradiñöam—indicated; atyeti—surpasses;
tat sarvam—all those; idam—this; viditvä—knowing; yogé—the devotee;
param—supreme; sthänam—abode; upaiti—achieves; ca—also;
ädyam—original.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; idam—this;


tu—but; te—unto you; guhya-tamam—the most confidential; pravakñyämi—I
am speaking; anasüyave—to the non-envious; jïänam—knowledge;
vijïäna—realized knowledge; sahitam—with; yat—which; jïätvä—knowing;

55
mokñyase—you will be released; açubhät—from this miserable material
existence.

räja-vidyä—the king of education; räja-guhyam—the king of confidential


knowledge; pavitram—the purest; idam—this; uttamam—transcendental;
pratyakña—by direct experience; avagamam—understood; dharmyam—the
principle of religion; su-sukham—very happy; kartum—to execute;
avyayam—everlasting.

açraddadhänäù—those who are faithless; puruñäù—such persons;


dharmasya—toward the process of religion; asya—this; parantapa—O killer of
the enemies; apräpya—without obtaining; mäm—Me; nivartante—come back;
måtyu—of death; saàsära—in material existence; vartmani—on the path.

mayä—by Me; tatam—pervaded; idam—this; sarvam—all; jagat—cosmic


manifestation; avyakta-mürtinä—by the unmanifested form; mat-sthäni—in
Me; sarva-bhütäni—all living entities; na—not; ca—also; aham—I; teñu—in
them; avasthitaù—situated.

na—never; ca—also; mat-sthäni—situated in Me; bhütäni—all creation;


paçya—just see; me—My; yogam aiçvaram—inconceivable mystic power;
bhüta-bhåt—the maintainer of all living entities; na—never; ca—also;
bhüta-sthaù—in the cosmic manifestation; mama—My; ätmä—Self;
bhüta-bhävanaù—the source of all manifestations.

mayä—by Me; adhyakñeëa—by superintendence; prakåtiù—material nature;


süyate—manifests; sa—both; cara-acaram—the moving and the nonmoving;
hetunä—for the reason; anena—this; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; jagat—the
cosmic manifestation; viparivartate—is working.

avajänanti—deride; mäm—Me; müòhäù—foolish men; mänuñém—in a human


form; tanum—a body; äçritam—assuming; param—transcendental;
bhävam—nature; ajänantaù—not knowing; mama—My; bhüta—of everything

56
that be; mahä-éçvaram—the supreme proprietor.

mogha-äçäù—baffled in their hopes; mogha-karmäëaù—baffled in fruitive


activities; mogha-jïänäù—baffled in knowledge; vicetasaù—bewildered;
räkñasém—demonic; äsurém—atheistic; ca—and; eva—certainly;
prakåtim—nature; mohiném—bewildering; çritäù—taking shelter of.

mahä-ätmänaù—the great souls; tu—but; mäm—unto Me; pärtha—O son of


Påthä; daivém—divine; prakåtim—nature; äçritäù—taken shelter of;
bhajanti—render service; ananya-manasaù—without deviation of the mind;
jïätvä—knowing; bhüta—of creation; ädim—the origin;
avyayam—inexhaustible.

satatam—always; kértayantaù—chanting; mäm—about Me; yatantaù—fully


endeavoring; ca—also; dåòha-vratäù—with determination;
namasyantaù—offering obeisances; ca—and; mäm—Me; bhaktyä—in
devotion; nitya-yuktäù—perpetually engaged; upäsate—worship.

pitä—father; aham—I; asya—of this; jagataù—universe; mätä—mother;


dhätä—supporter; pitä-mahaù—grandfather; vedyam—what is to be known;
pavitram—that which purifies; oà-käraù—the syllable oà; åk—the Åg-Veda;
säma—the Säma-Veda; yajuù—the Yajur Veda; eva—certainly; ca—and.

te—they; tam—that; bhuktvä—enjoying; svarga-lokam—heaven;


viçälam—vast; kñéëe—being exhausted; puëye—the results of their pious
activities; martya-lokam—to the mortal earth; viçanti—fall down; evam—thus;
trayé—of the three Vedas; dharmam—doctrines; anuprapannäù—following;
gata-ägatam—death and birth; käma-kämäù—desiring sense enjoyments;
labhante—attain.

ananyäù—having no other object; cintayantaù—concentrating; mäm—on Me;


ye—those who; janäù—persons; paryupäsate-properly worship; teñäm—of
them; nitya—always; abhiyuktänäm—fixed in devotion; yoga—requirements;

57
kñemam—protection; vahami—carry; aham—I.

ye—those who; api—also; anya—of other; devatä—gods; bhaktäù—devotees;


yajante—worship; çraddhayä-anvitäù—with faith; te—they; api—also;
mäm—Me; eva—only; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; yajanti—they worship;
avidhi-pürvakam—in a wrong way.

aham—I; hi—surely; sarva—of all; yajïänäm—sacrifices; bhoktä—the enjoyer;


ca—and; prabhuù—Lord; eva—also; ca—and; na—not; tu—but; mäm—Me;
abhijänanti—they know; tattvena—in reality; ataù—therefore; cyavanti—fall
down; te—they.

yänti—go; deva-vratäù—worshipers of demigods; devän—to the demigods;


pitèn—to the ancestors; yänti—go; pitå-vratäù—worshipers of ancestors;
bhütäni—to the ghosts and spirits; yänti—go; bhüta-ijyäù—worshipers of
ghosts and spirits; yänti—go; mat—My; yäjinaù—devotees; api—but;
mäm—unto Me.

patram—a leaf; puñpam—a flower; phalam—a fruit; toyam—water;


yaù—whoever; me—unto Me; bhaktyä—with devotion; prayacchati—offers;
tat—that; aham—I; bhakti-upahåtam—offered in devotion; açnämi—accept;
prayata-ätmanaù—from one in pure consciousness.

yat—whatever; karoñi—you do; yat—whatever; açnäsi—you eat;


yat—whatever; juhoñi—you offer; dadäsi—you give away; yat—whatever;
yat—whatever; tapasyasi—austerities you perform; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;
tat—that; kuruñva—do; mat—unto Me; arpaëam—as an offering.

samaù—equally disposed; aham—I; sarva-bhüteñu—to all living entities;


na—no one; me—to Me; dveñyaù—hateful; asti—is; na—nor; priyaù—dear;
ye—those who; bhajanti—render transcendental service; tu—but; mäm—unto
Me; bhaktyä—in devotion; mayi—are in Me; te—such persons; teñu—in them;

58
ca—also; api—certainly; aham—I.

api—even; cet—if; su-duräcäraù—one committing the most abominable


actions; bhajate—is engaged in devotional service; mäm—unto Me;
ananya-bhäk—without deviation; sädhuù—a saint; eva—certainly; saù—he;
mantavyaù—is to be considered; samyak—completely; vyavasitaù—situated in
determination; hi—certainly; saù—he.

kñipram—very soon; bhavati—becomes; dharma-ätmä—righteous;


çaçvat-çäntim—lasting peace; nigacchati—attains; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;
pratijänéhi—declare; na—never; me—My; bhaktaù—devotee;
praëaçyati—perishes.

mäm—of Me; hi—certainly; pärtha—O son of Påthä; vyapäçritya—particularly


taking shelter; ye—those who; api—also; syuù—are; päpa-yonayaù—born of a
lower family; striyaù—women; vaiçyäù—mercantile people; tathä—also;
çüdräù—lower-class men; te api—even they; yänti—go; paräm—to the
supreme; gatim—destination.

kim—how much; punaù—again; brähmaëäù—brähmaëas; puëyäù—righteous;


bhaktäù—devotees; räja-åñayaù—saintly kings; tathä—also;
anityam—temporary; asukham—full of miseries; lokam—planet; imam—this;
präpya—gaining; bhajasva—be engaged in loving service; mäm—unto Me.

mat-manäù—always thinking of Me; bhava—become; mat—My;


bhaktaù—devotee; mat—My; yäjé—worshiper; mäm—unto Me;
namaskuru—offer obeisances; mäm—unto Me; eva—completely; eñyasi—you
will come; yuktvä—being absorbed; evam—thus; ätmänam—your soul;
mat-paräyaëaù—devoted to Me.

na—never; me—My; viduù—know; sura-gaëäù—demi-gods;


prabhavam—origin, opulences; na—never; mahä-åñayaù—great sages;

59
aham—I am; ädiù—the origin; hi—certainly; devänäm—of the demigods;
mahä-åñéëäm—of the great sages; ca—also; sarvaçaù—in all respects.

etam—all this; vibhütim—opulence; yogam—mystic power; ca—also;


mama—of Mine; yaù—anyone who; vetti—knows; tattvataù—factually;
saù—he; avikalpena—without division; yogena—in devotional service;
yujyate—is engaged; na—never; atra—here; saàçayaù—doubt.

aham—I; sarvasya—of all; prabhavaù—the source of generation;


mattaù—from Me; sarvam—everything; pravartate-emanates; iti—thus;
matvä—knowing; bhajante—becomes devoted; mäm—unto Me;
budhäù—learned; bhäva-samanvitäù—with great attention.

mat-cittäù—their minds fully engaged in Me; mat-gata-präëäù—their lives


devoted to Me; bodhayantaù—preaching; parasparam—among themselves;
kathayantaù—talking; ca—also; mäm—about Me; nityam—perpetually;
tuñyanti—become pleased; ca—also; ramanti—enjoy transcendental bliss;
ca—also.

teñäm—unto them; satata-yuktänäm—always engaged; bhajatäm—in


rendering devotional service; préti-pürvakam—in loving ecstasy; dadämi—I
give; buddhi-yogam—real intelligence; tam—that; yena—by which;
mäm—unto Me; upayänti—come; te—they.

teñäm—for them; eva—certainly; anukampä-artham—to show special mercy;


aham—I; ajïäna-jam—due to ignorance; tamaù—darkness; näçayämi—dispel;
ätma-bhäva—within their hearts; sthaù—situated; jïäna—of knowledge;
dépena—with the lamp; bhäsvatä—glowing.

arjunaù uväca—Arjuna said: param—supreme; brahma—truth;


param—supreme; dhäma—sustenance; pavitram—pure; paramam—supreme;
bhavän—You; puruñam—personality; çäçvatam—eternal;

60
divyam—transcendental; ädi-devam—the original Lord; ajam—unborn;
vibhum—greatest; ähuù—say; tväm—of You; åñayaù—sages; sarve—all;
deva-åñiù—the sage among the demigods; näradaù—Närada; tathä—also;
asitaù—Asita; devalaù—Devala; vyäsaù—Vyäsa; svayam—personally;
ca—also; eva—certainly; bravéñé—you are explaining; me—unto me.

sarvam—all; etat—this; åtam—truth; manye—I accept; yat—which;


mäm—unto me; vadäsé—You tell; keçava—O Kåñëa; na—never; hi—certainly;
te—Your; bhagavan—O Personality of Godhead; vyaktim—revelation;
viduù—can know; deväù—the demigods; na—nor; dänaväù—the demons.

måtyuù—death; sarva-haraù—all-devouring; ca—also; aham—I am;


udbhavaù—generation; ca—also; bhaviñyatäm—of future manifestations;
kértiù—fame; çréù—opulence or beauty; väk—fine speech; ca—also;
näréëäm—of women; småtiù—memory; medhä—intelligence;
dhåtiù—firmness; kñamä—patience.

yat—whatever; ca—also; api—may be; sarva-bhütänäm—of all creations;


béjam—the seed; tat—that; aham—I am; arjuna—O Arjuna; na—not;
tat—that; asti—there is; vinä—without; yat—which; syät—exists; mayä—Me;
bhütam—created being; cara-acaram—moving and nonmoving.

yat yat—whatever; vibhüti—opulences; mat—having; sattvam—existence;


çré-mat—beautiful; ürjitam—glorious; eva—certainly; vä—or; tat tat—all
those; eva—certainly; avagaccha—must know; tvam—you; mama—My;
tejaù—of the splendor; aàça—a part; sambhavam—born of.

atha vä—or; bahunä—many; etena—by this kind; kim—what; jïätena—by


knowing; tava—your; arjuna—O Arjuna; viñöabhya—pervading; aham—I;
idam—this; kåtsnam—entire; eka—by one; aàçena—part; sthitaù—am
situated; jagat—universe.

61
kälaù—time; asmi—I am; loka—of the worlds; kñaya-kåt—the destroyer;
pravåddhaù—great.

tasmät—therefore; tvam—you; uttiñöha—get up; yaçaù—fame; labhasva—gain


jitvä—conquering; çatrün—enemies; bhuìkñva—enjoy; räjyam—kingdom;
samåddham—flourishing; mayä—by Me; eva—certainly; ete—all these;
nihatäù—killed; purvam eva—by previous arrangement; nimitta-mätram—just
the cause; bhava—become; savya-säcin—O Savyasäci.

bhaktyä—by devotional service; tu—but; ananyayä—without being mixed


with fruitive activities or speculative knowledge; çakyaù—possible; aham—I;
evam-vidhaù—like this; arjuna—O Arjuna; jïätum—to know; drañöum—to
see; ca—and; tattvena—in fact; praveñöum—to enter into; ca—also;
parantapa—O mighty-armed one.

arjunaù uväca—Arjuna said; evam—thus; satata—always; yuktäù—engaged;


ye—those who; bhaktäù—devotees; tvam—You; paryupäsate—properly
worship; ye—those who; ca—also; api—again; akñaram—beyond the senses;
avyaktam—the unmanifested; teñäm—of them; ke—who; yoga-vit-tamäù—the
most perfect in knowledge of yoga.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; mayi—upon


Me; äveçya—fixing; manaù—the mind; ye—those who; mäm—Me;
nitya—always; yuktäù—engaged; upäsate—worship; çraddhayä—with faith;
parayä—transcendental; upetäù—endowed; te—they; me—by Me;
yukta-tamäù—most perfect in yoga; matäù—are considered.

kleçaù—trouble; adhika-taraù—very much; teñäm—of them; avyakta—to the


unmanifested; äsakta—attached; cetasäm—of those whose minds;
avyaktä—toward the unmanifested; hi—certainly; gatiù—progress;
duùkham—with trouble; deha-vadbhiù—by the embodied; aväpyate—is
achieved.

62
ye—those who; tu—but; sarväëi—all; karmäëi—activities; mayi—unto Me;
sannyasya—giving up; mat-paräù—being attached to Me; ananyena—without
division; eva—certainly; yogena—by practice of such bhakti-yoga; mäm—upon
Me; dhyäyantaù—meditating; upäsate—worship; teñäm—of them; aham—I;
samuddhartä—the deliverer; måtyu—of death; saàsära—in material
existence; sägarät—from the ocean; bhavämi—I become; na—not; cirät—after
a long time; Pärtha—O son of Påthä; mayi—upon Me; äveçita—fixed;
cetasäm—of those whose minds.

mayi—upon Me; eva—certainly; manaù—mind; ädhatsva—fix; mayi—upon


Me; buddhim—intelligence; niveçaya—apply; nivasiñyasi—you will live;
mayi—in Me; eva—certainly; ataù ürdhvam—thereafter; na—never;
saàçayaù—doubt.

atha—if, therefore; cittam—mind; samädhätum—to fix; na—not;


çaknoñi—you are able; mayi—upon Me; sthiram—steadily;
abhyäsa-yogena—by the practice of devotional service; tataù—then;
mäm—Me; icchä—desire; äptum—to get; dhanam-jaya—O winner of wealth,
Arjuna.

adveñöä—nonenvious; sarva-bhütänäm—toward all living entities;


maitraù—friendly; karuëaù—kindly; eva—certainly; ca—also;
nirmamaù—with no sense of proprietorship; nirahaìkäraù—without false ego;
sama—equal; duùkha—in distress; sukhaù—and happiness; kñamé—forgiving;
santuñöaù—satisfied; satatam—always; yogi—one engaged in devotion;
yata-ätmä—self-controlled; dåòha-niçcayaù—with determination; mayi—upon
Me; arpita—engaged; manaù—mind; buddhiù—and intelligence; yaù—one
who; mat-bhaktaù—My devotee; saù—he; me—to Me; priyaù—dear.

kñetra-jïam—the knower of the field; ca—also; api—certainly; mäm—Me;


viddhi—know; sarva—all; kñetreñu—in bodily fields; bhärata—O son of
Bharata; kñetra—the field of activities (the body); kñetra-jïayoù—and the

63
knower of the field; jïänam—knowledge of; yat—that which; tat—that;
jïänam—knowledge; matam—opinion; mama—My.

amänitvam—humility; adambhitvam—pridelessness; ahiàsä—nonviolence;


kñäntiù—tolerance; ärjavam—simplicity; äcärya-upäsanam—approaching a
bona fide spiritual master; çaucam—cleanliness; sthairyam—steadfastness;
ätma-vinigrahaù—self-control; indriya-artheñu—in the matter of the senses;
vairägyam—renunciation; anahaìkäraù—being without false egoism;
eva—certainly; ca—also; janma—of birth; måtyu—death; jarä—old age;
vyädhi—and disease; duùkha—of the distress; doña—the fault;
anudarçanam—observing; asaktiù—being without attachment;
anabhiñvaìgaù—being without association; putra—for son; dära—wife;
gåha-ädiñu—home, etc.; nityam—constant; ca—also;
sama-cittatvam—equilibrium; iñöa—the desirable; aniñöa—and undesirable;
upapattiñu—having obtained; mayi—unto Me; ca—also; ananya-yogena—by
unalloyed devotional service; bhaktiù—devotion; avyabhicäriëé—without any
break; vivikta—to solitary; deça—places; sevitvam—aspiring; aratiù—being
without attachment; jana-saàsadi—to people in general;
adhyätma—pertaining to the self; jïäna—in knowledge;
nityatvam—constancy; tattva-jïäna—of knowledge of the truth; artha—for
the object; darçanam—philosophy; etat—all this; jïänam—knowledge;
iti—thus; proktam—declared; ajïänam—ignorance; yat—that which;
ataù—from this; anyathä—other.

sarvataù—everywhere; päëi—hands; pädam—legs; tat—that;


sarvataù—everywhere; akñi—eyes; çiraù—heads; mukham—faces;
sarvataù—everywhere; çruti-mat—having ears; loke—in the world;
sarvam—everything; ävåtya—covering; tiñöhati—exists.

kärya—of effect; käraëa—and cause; kartåtve—in the matter of creation;


hetuù—the instrument; prakåtiù—material nature; ucyate—is said to be;
puruñaù—the living entity; sukha—of happiness; duùkhänäm—and distress;
bhoktåtve—in enjoyment; hetuù—the instrument; ucyate—is said to be.

64
puruñaù—the living entity; prakåti-sthaù—being situated in the material
energy; hi—certainly; bhuìkte—enjoys; prakåti-jän—produced by the material
nature; guëän—the modes of nature; käraëam—the cause; guëa-saìgaù—the
association with the modes of nature; asya—of the living entity; sat-asat—in
good and bad; yoni—species of life; janmasu—in births.

upadrañöä—overseer; anumantä—permitter; ca—also; bhartä—master;


bhoktä—supreme enjoyer; mahä-éçvaraù—the Supreme Lord;
parama-ätmä—the Supersoul; iti—also; ca—and; api—indeed; uktaù—is said;
dehe—in the body; asmin—this; puruñaù—enjoyer; paraù—transcendental.

anye—others; tu—but; evam—thus; ajänantaù—without spiritual knowledge;


çrutvä—by hearing; anyebhyaù—from others; upäsate—begin to worship;
te—they; api—also; ca—and; atitaranti—transcend; eva—certainly;
måtyum—the path of death; çruti-paräyaëaù—inclined to the process of
hearing.

mama—My; yoniù—source of birth; mahat—the total material existence;


brahma—supreme; tasmin—in that; garbham—pregnancy; dadhämi—create;
aham—I; sambhavaù—the possibility; sarva-bhütänäm—of all living entities;
tataù—thereafter; bhavati—becomes; bhärata—O son of Bharata.

sarva-yoniñu—in all species of life; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;


mürtayaù—forms; sambhavanti—they appear; yäù—which; täsäm—of all of
them; brahma—the supreme; mahat yoniù—source of birth in the material
substance; aham—I; béja-pradaù—the seed-giving; pitä—father.

rajaù—the mode of passion; tamaù—the mode of ignorance; ca—also;


abhibhüya—surpassing; sattvam—the mode of goodness; bhavati—becomes
prominent; bhärata—O son of Bharata; rajaù—the mode of passion;
sattvam—the mode of goodness; tamaù—the mode of ignorance; ca—also;
eva—like that; tamaù—the mode of ignorance; sattvam—the mode of

65
goodness; rajaù—the mode of passion; tathä—thus.

ürdhvam—upwards; gacchanti—goes; sattva-sthäù—those situated in the mode


of goodness; madhye—in the middle; tiñöhanti—dwell; räjasäù—those who are
situated in the mode of passion; jaghanya—of abominable; guëa—quality;
våtti-sthäù—whose occupation; adhaù—down; gacchanti—go;
tämasäù—persons in the mode of ignorance.

mäm—unto Me; ca—also; yaù—a person who; avyabhicäreëa—without fail;


bhakti-yogena—by devotional service; sevate—renders service; saù—he;
guëän—the modes of material nature; samatétya—transcending; etän—all
these; brahma-bhüyäya—elevated to the Brahman platform; kalpate—becomes.

brahmaëaù—of the impersonal brahma-jyotir; hi—certainly; pratiñöhä—the


rest; aham—I am; amåtasya—of the immortal; avyayasya—of the imperishable;
ca—also; çäçvatasya—of the eternal; ca—and; dharmasya—of the
constitutional position; sukhasya—of happiness; aikäntikasya—ultimate;
ca—also.

çré bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;


ürdhva-mülam—with roots above; adhaù—downwards; çäkham—branches;
açvattham—a banyan tree; prähuù—is said; avyayam—eternal;
chandäàsi—the Vedic hymns; yasya—of which; parëäni—the leaves;
yaù—anyone who; tam—that; veda—knows; saù—he; veda-vit—the knower of
the Vedas.

niù—without; mäna—false prestige; mohäù—and illusion; jita—having


conquered; saìga—of association; doñäù—the faults; adhyätma—in spiritual
knowledge; nityäù—in eternity; vinivåtta—disassociated; kämäù—from lust;
dvandvaiù—from the dualities; vimuktäù—liberated;
sukha-duùkha—happiness and distress; saàjïaiù—named; gacchanti—attain;
amüòhäù—unbewildered; padam—situation; avyayam—eternal; tat—that.

66
na—not; tat—that; bhäsayate—illuminates; süryaù—the sun; na—nor;
çaçäìkaù—the moon; na—nor; pävakaù—fire, electricity; yat—where;
gatvä—going; na—never; nivartante—they come back; tat dhäma—that
abode; paramam—supreme; mama—My.

mama—My; eva—certainly; aàçaù—fragmental particle; jéva-loke—in the


world of conditional life; jéva-bhütaù—the conditioned living entity;
sanätanaù—eternal; manaù—with the mind; ñañöhäni—the six;
indriyäëi—senses; prakåti—in material nature; sthäni—situated; karñati—is
struggling hard.

utkrämantam—quitting the body; sthitam—situated in the body; vä


api—either; bhuïjänam—enjoying; vä—or; guëa-anvitam—under the spell of
the modes of material nature; vimüòhäù—foolish persons; na—never;
anupaçyanti—can see; paçyanti—can see; jïäna-cakñuñaù—those who have the
eyes of knowledge.

sarvasya—of all living beings; ca—and; aham—I; hådi—in the heart;


sanniviñöaù—situated; mattaù—from Me; småtiù—remembrance;
jïänam—knowledge; apohanam—forgetfulness; ca—and; vedaiù—by the
Vedas; ca—also; sarvaiù—all; aham—I am; eva—certainly; vedyaù—knowable;
vedänta-kåt—the compiler of the Vedänta; veda-vit—the knower of the Vedas;
eva—certainly; ca—and; aham—I.

dvau—two; imau—these; puruñau—living entities; loke—in the world;


kñaraù—fallible; ca—and; akñaraù—infallible; eva—certainly; ca—and;
kñaraù—fallible; sarväëi—all; bhütäni—living entities; küöa-sthaù—in
oneness; akñaraù—infallible; ucyate—is said.

yasmät—because; kñaram—to the fallible; atétaù—transcendental; aham—I


am; akñarät—beyond the infallible; api—also; ca—and; uttamaù—the best;
ataù—therefore; asmi—I am; loke—in the world; vede—in the Vedic

67
literature; ca—and; prathitaù—celebrated; puruña-uttamaù—as the Supreme
Personality.

yaù—anyone who; mäm—Me; evam—thus; asammüòhaù—without a doubt;


jänäti—knows; puruña-uttamam—the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
saù—he; sarva-vit—the knower of everything; bhajati—renders devotional
service; mäm—unto Me; sarva-bhävena—in all respects; bhärata—O son of
Bharata.

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said;


abhayam—fearlessness; sattva-saàçuddhiù—purification of one's existence;
jïäna—in knowledge; yoga—of linking up; vyavasthitiù—the situation;
dänam—charity; damaù—controlling the mind; ca—and;
yajïaù—performance of sacrifice; ca—and; svädhyäyaù—study of Vedic
literature; tapaù—austerity; ärjavam—simplicity; ahiàsä—nonviolence;
satyam—truthfulness; akrodhaù—freedom from anger; tyägaù—renunciation;
çäntiù—tranquillity; apaiçunam—aversion to fault-finding; dayä—mercy;
bhüteñu—towards all living entities; aloluptvam—freedom from greed;
märdavam—gentleness; hréù—modesty; acäpalam—determination;
tejaù—vigor; kñamä—forgiveness; dhåtiù—fortitude; çaucam—cleanliness;
adrohaù—freedom from envy; na—not; ati-mänitä—expectation of honor;
bhavanti—are; sampadam—the qualities; daivém—the transcendental nature;
abhijätasya—of one who is born of; bhärata—O son of Bharata.

pravåttim—acting properly; ca—also; nivåttim—not acting improperly;


ca—and; janäù—persons; na—never; viduù—know; äsuräù—of demoniac
quality; na—never; çaucam—cleanliness; na—nor; api—also; ca—and;
äcäraù—behavior; na—never; satyam—truth; teñu—in them; vidyate—there
is.

asatyam—unreal; apratiñöham—without foundation; te—they; jagat—the


cosmic manifestation; ähuù—say; anéçvaram—with no controller;
aparaspara—without cause; sambhütam—arisen; kim anyat—there is no other

68
cause; käma-haitukam—it is due to lust only.

etäm—this; dåñöim—vision; avañöabhya—accepting; nañöa—having lost;


ätmänaù—themselves; alpa-buddhayaù—the less intelligent;
prabhavanti—flourish; ugra-karmäëaù—engaged in painful activities;
kñayäya—for destruction; jagataù—of the world; ahitäù—unbeneficial.

tän—those; aham—I; dviñataù—envious; krürän—mischievous;


saàsäreñu—into the ocean of material existence; nara-adhamän—the lowest
of mankind; kñipämi—I put; ajasram—forever; açubhän—inauspicious;
äsuréñu—demoniac; eva—certainly; yoniñu—into the wombs.

äsurém—demoniac; yonim—species; äpannäù—gaining; müòhäù—the foolish;


janmani janmani—in birth after birth; mäm—Me; apräpya—without
achieving; eva—certainly; kaunteya—O son of Kunté; tataù—thereafter;
yanti—go; adhamäm—condemned; gatim—destination.

tri-vidham—of three kinds; narakasya—of hell; idam—this; dväram—gate;


näçanam—destructive; ätmanaù—of the self; kämaù—lust; krodhaù—anger;
tathä—as well as; lobhaù—greed; tasmät—therefore; etat—these;
trayam—three; tyajet—one must give up.

yaù—anyone who; çästra-vidhim—the regulations of the scriptures;


utsåjya—giving up; vartate—remains; käma-kärataù—acting whimsically in
lust; na—never; saù—he; siddhim—perfection; aväpnoti—achieves;
na—never; sukham—happiness; na—never; paräm—the supreme;
gatim—perfectional stage.

tasmät—therefore; çästram—the scriptures; pramäëam—evidence; te—your;


kärya—duty; akärya—and forbidden activities; vyavasthitau—in determining;
jïätvä—knowing; çästra—of scripture; vidhäna—the regulations; uktam—as
declared; karma—work; kartum—do; iha—in this world; arhasi—you should.

69
oà—indication of the Supreme; tat—that; sat—eternal; iti—thus;
nirdeçaù—indication; brahmaëaù—of the Supreme; tri-vidhaù—three kinds;
småtaù—is considered; brähmaëäù—the brähmaëas; tena—with that;
vedäù—the Vedic literature; ca—also; yajïäù—sacrifice; ca—also;
vihitäù—used; purä—formerly.

yajïa—of sacrifice; däna—charity; tapaù—and penance; karma—activity;


na—never; tyäjyam—to be given up; käryam—must be done; eva—certainly;
tat—that; yajïaù—sacrifice; dänam—charity; tapaù—penance; ca—also;
eva—certainly; pävanäni—purifying; manéñiëäm—even for the great souls.

çamaù—peacefulness; damaù—self-control; tapaù—austerity; çaucam—purity;


kñäntiù—tolerance; ärjavam—honesty; eva—certainly; ca—and;
jïänam—knowledge; vijïänam—wisdom; ästikyam—religiousness;
brahma—of a brähmaëa; karma—duty; svabhäva-jam—born of his own
nature.

çauryam—heroism; tejaù—power; dhåtiù—determination;


däkñyam—resourcefulness; yuddhe—in battle; ca—and; api—also;
apaläyanam—not fleeing; dänam—generosity; éçvara—of leadership;
bhävaù—the nature; ca—and; kñätram—of a kñatriya; karma—duty;
svahbäva-jam—born of his own nature.

kåñi—ploughing; go—of cows; rakñya—protection; väëijyam—trade;


vaiçya—of a vaiçya; karma—duty; svabhäva-jam—born of his own nature;
paricaryä—service; ätmakam—consisting of; karma—duty; çüdrasya—of the
çüdra; api—also; svabhäva-jam—born of his own nature.

sve sve—each his own; karmaëi—work; abhirataù—following;


saàsiddhim—perfection; labhate—achieves; naraù—a man; sva-karma—in his
own duty; nirataù—engaged; siddhim—perfection; yathä—as; vindati—attains;
tat—that; çåëu—listen.

70
yataù—from whom; pravåttiù—the emanation; bhütänäm—of all living
entities; yena—by whom; sarvam—all; idam—this; tatam—is pervaded;
sva-karmaëä—by his own duties; tam—Him; abhyarcya—by worshiping;
siddhim—perfection; vindati—achieves; mänavaù—a man.

çreyän—better; sva-dharmaù—one's own occupation; viguëaù—imperfectly


performed; para-dharmät—than another's occupation;
su-anuñöhität—perfectly done; svabhäva-niyatam—prescribed according to
one's nature; karma—work; kurvan—performing; na—never;
äpnoti—achieves; kilbiñam—sinful reactions.

saha-jam—born simultaneously; karma—work; kaunteya—O son of Kunté;


sa-doñam—with fault; api—although; na—never; tyajet—one should give up;
sarva-ärambhäù—all ventures; hi—certainly; doñeëa—with fault;
dhümena—with smoke; agniù—fire; iva—as; ävåtäù—covered.

brahma-bhütaù—being one with the Absolute; prasanna-ätmä—fully joyful;


na—never; çocati—laments; na—never; käìkñati—desires; samaù—equally
disposed; sarveñu—all; bhüteñu—living entities; mat-bhaktim—My devotional
service; labhate—gains; paräm—transcendental.

bhaktyä—by pure devotional service; mäm—Me; abhijänäti—one can know;


yävän—as much as; yaù ca asmi—as I am; tattvataù—in truth;
tataù—thereafter; mäm—Me; tattvataù—in truth; jïätvä—knowing;
viçate—he enters; tat-anantaram—thereafter.

cetasä—by intelligence; sarva-karmäëi—all kinds of activities; mayi—unto


Me; sannyasya—giving up; mat-paraù—under My protection;
buddhi-yogam—devotional activities; upäçritya—taking shelter of;
mat-cittaù—in consciousness of Me; satatam—twenty-four hours a day;
bhava—just become.

71
mat—of Me; cittaù—being in consciousness; sarva—all;
durgäëi—impediments; mat—prasädät—by My mercy; tariñyasi—you will
overcome; atha—but; cet—if; tvam—you; ahaìkärät—by false ego; na
çroñyasi—do not hear; vinaìkñyasi—you will be lost.

éçvaraù—the Supreme Lord; sarva-bhütänäm—of all living entities;


håt-deçe—in the location of the heart; arjuna—O Arjuna; tiñöhati—resides;
bhrämayan—causing to travel; sarva-bhütäni—all living entities; yantra—on a
machine; ärüòhani—being placed; mäyayä—under the spell of material
energy.

iti—thus; te—unto you; jïänam—knowledge; äkhyätam—described;


guhyät—than confidential; guhya-taram—still more confidential; mayä—by
Me; vimåçya—deliberating; etat—on this; açeñeëa—fully; yathä—as;
icchasi—you like; tathä—that; kuru—perform.

mat-manäù—thinking of Me; bhava—just become; mat-bhaktaù—My devotee;


mat-yäjé—My worshiper; mäm—unto Me; namaskuru—offer your obeisances;
mäm—unto Me; eva—certainly; eñyasi—you will come; satyam—truly; te—to
you; pratijäne—I promise; priyaù—dear; asi—you are; me—to Me.

sarva-dharmän—all varieties of religion; parityajya—abandoning; mäm—unto


Me; ekam—only; çaraëam—for surrender; vraja—go; aham—I; tväm—you;
sarva—all; päpebhyaù—from sinful reactions; mokñayiñyämi—will deliver;
mä—do not; çucaù—worry.

yaù—anyone who; idam—this; paramam—most; guhyam—confidential secret;


mat—of Mine; bhakteñu—amongst devotees; abhidhäsyati—explains;
bhaktim—devotional service; mayi—unto Me; paräm—transcendental;
kåtvä—doing; mäm—unto Me; eva—certainly; eñyati—comes;
asaàçayaù—without doubt.

72
na—never; ca—and; tasmät—than him; manuñyeñu—among men;
kaçcit—anyone; me—to Me; priya-kåt-tamaù—more dear; bhavitä—will
become; na—nor; ca—and; me—to Me; tasmät—than him; anyaù—another;
priya-taraù—dearer; bhuvi—in this world.

arjunaù uväca—Arjuna said; nañöaù—dispelled; mohaù—illusion;


småtiù—memory; labdhä—regained; tvat-prasädät—by Your mercy; mayä—by
me; acyuta—O infallible Kåñëa; sthitaù—situated; asmi—I am; gata—removed;
sandehaù—all doubts; kariñye—I shall execute; vacanam—order; tava—Your.

yatra—where; yoga-éçvaraù—the master of mysticism; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa;


yatra—where; pärthaù—the son of Påthä; dhanuù-dharaù—the carrier of the
bow and arrow; tatra—there; çréù—opulence; vijayaù—victory;
bhütiù—exceptional power; dhruvä—certain; nétiù—morality; matiù
mama—my opinion.

Selected Verses from Çrémad Bhägavatam

om—O my Lord; namaù—offering my obeisances; bhagavate—unto the


Personality of Godhead; väsudeväya—unto Väsudeva (the son of Vasudeva),
or Lord Çré Kåñëa, the primeval Lord; janma ädi—creation, sustenance and
destruction; asya—of the manifested universes; yataù—from whom;
anvayät—directly; itarataù—indirectly; ca—and; artheñu—purposes;
abhijïaù—fully cognizant; sva-räö—fully independent; tene—imparted;
brahma—the Vedic knowledge; hådä—consciousness of the heart; yaù—one
who; ädi-kavaye—unto the original created being; muhyanti—are illusioned;
yat—about whom; sürayaù—great sages and demigods; tejaù—fire;
väri—water; mådäm—earth; yathä—as much as; vinimayaù—action and
reaction; yatra—whereupon; tri-sargaù—three modes of creation, creative
faculties; amåñä—almost factual; dhämnä—along with all transcendental

73
paraphernalia; svena—self-sufficiently; sadä—always; nirasta—negation by
absence; kuhakam—illusion; satyam—truth; param—absolute; dhémahi—I do
meditate upon.
dharmaù—religiosity; projjhita—completely rejected; kaitavaù—covered by
fruitive intention; atra—herein; paramaù—the highest; nirmatsaräëäm—of
the one-hundred-percent pure in heart; satäm—devotees;
vedyam—understandable; västavam—factual; atra—herein; vastu—substance;
çivadam—well being; täpa-traya—threefold miseries; unmülanam—causing
uprooting of; çrémat—beautiful; bhägavate—the Bhägavata Puräëa;
mahä-muni—the great sage (Vyäsadeva); kåte—having compiled; kim—what
is; vä—the need; paraiù—others; éçvaraù—the Supreme Lord; sadyaù—at
once; hådi—within the heart; avarudhyate—become compact; atra—herein;
kåtibhiù—by the pious men; çuçrüñubhiù—by culture; tat-kñaëät—without
delay.

nigama—the Vedic literatures; kalpa-taroù—the desire tree; galitam—fully


matured; phalam—fruit; çuka—Çréla Çukadeva Gosvämé, the original speaker
of Çrémad-Bhägavatam; mukhät—from the lips of; amåta—nectar;
drava—semisolid and soft and therefore easily swallowable;
saàyutam—perfect in all respects; pibata—do relish it; bhägavatam—the book
dealing in the science of the eternal relation with the Lord; rasam—juice
(that which is relishable); älayam—until liberation, or even in a liberated
condition; muhuù—always; aho—O; rasikäù—those who are full in the
knowledge of mellows; bhuvi—on the earth; bhävukäù—expert and thoughtful.

präyeëa—almost always; alpa—meager; äyuñaù—duration of life;


sabhya—member of a learned society; kalau—in this age of Kali (quarrel);
asmin—herein; yuge—age; janäù—the public; mandäù—lazy;
sumanda-matayaù—misguided; manda-bhägyäù—unlucky; hi—and above all;
upadrutäù—disturbed.

(The sages to Süta Gosvämé)

74
äpannaù—being entangled; saàsåtim—in the hurdle of birth and death;
ghoräm—too complicated; yat—what; näma—the absolute name;
vivaçaù—unconsciously; gåëan—chanting; tataù—from that; sadyaù—at once;
vimucyeta—gets freedom; yat—that which; bibheti—fears;
svayam—personally; bhayam—fear itself.

(The sages to Süta Gosvämé)

yat—whose; päda—lotus feet; saàçrayäù—those who have taken shelter of;


süta—O Süta Gosvämé; munayaù—great sages; praçamäyanäù—absorbed in
devotion to the Supreme; sadyaù—at once; punanti—sanctify;
upaspåñöäù—simply by association; svardhuné—of the sacred Ganges;
äpaù—water; anusevayä—bringing into use.

(The sages to Süta Gosvämé)

vayam—we; tu—but; na—not; vitåpyämaù—shall be at rest;


uttama-çloka—the Personality of Godhead, who is glorified by transcendental
prayers; vikrame—adventures; yat—which; çåëvatäm—by continuous hearing;
rasa—humor; jïänäm—those who are conversant with; svädu—relishing;
svädu—palatable; pade pade—at every step.

(The sages to Süta Gosvämé)

tvam—Your Goodness; naù—unto us; sandarçitaù—meeting; dhäträ—by


providence; dustaram—insurmountable; nistitérñatäm—for those desiring to
cross over; kalim—the age of Kali; sattva-haram—that which deteriorates the
good qualities; puàsäm—of a man; karëa-dhäraù—captain; iva—as;
arëavam—the ocean.

(The sages to Süta Gosvämé)

75
näräyaëam—the Personality of Godhead; namaù-kåtya—after offering
respectful obeisances; naram ca eva—and Näräyaëa Åñi; nara-uttamam—the
supermost human being; devém—the goddess; sarasvatém—the mistress of
learning; vyäsam—Vyäsadeva; tataù—thereafter; jayam—all that is meant for
conquering; udérayet—be announced.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

munayaù—O sages; sädhu—this is relevant; påñöaù—questioned;


aham—myself; bhavadbhiù—by all of you; loka—the world;
maìgalam—welfare; yat—because; kåtaù—made; kåñëa—the Personality of
Godhead; sampraçnaù—relevant question; yena—by which; ätmä—self;
suprasédati—completely pleased.

(Süta Gosvämé begins instructing the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

saù—that; vai—certainly; puàsäm—for mankind; paraù—sublime;


dharmaù—occupation; yataù—by which; bhaktiù—devotional service;
adhokñaje—unto the Transcendence; ahaituké—causeless;
apratihatä—unbroken; yayä—by which; ätmä—the self;
suprasédati—completely satisfied.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

väsudeve—unto Kåñëa; bhagavati—unto the Personality of Godhead;


bhakti-yogaù—contact of devotional service; prayojitaù—being applied;
janayati—does produce; äçu—very soon; vairägyam—detachment;
jïänam—knowledge; ca—and; yat—that which; ahaitukam—causeless.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

76
dharmaù—occupation; svanuñöhitaù—executed in terms of one's own position;
puàsäm—of humankind; viñvaksena—the Personality of Godhead (plenary
portion); kathäsu—in the message of; yaù—what is; na—not; utpädayet—does
produce; yadi—if; ratim—attraction; çramaù—useless labor; eva—only;
hi—certainly; kevalam—entirely.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

dharmasya—occupational engagement; hi—certainly; äpavargyasya—ultimate


liberation; na—not; arthaù—end; arthäya—for material gain; upakalpate—is
meant for; na—neither; arthasya—of material gain; dharma-eka-antasya—for
one who is engaged in the ultimate occupational service; kämaù—sense
gratification; läbhäya—attainment of; hi—exactly; småtaù—is described by
the great sages.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

kämasya—of desires; na—not; indriya—senses; prétiù—satisfaction;


läbhaù—gain; jéveta—self-preservation; yävatä—so much so; jévasya—of the
living being; tattva—the Absolute Truth; jijïäsä—inquiries; na—not;
arthaù—end; yaù ca iha—whatsoever else; karmabhiù—by occupational
activities.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

vadanti—they say; tat—that; tattva-vidaù—the learned souls; tattvam—the


Absolute Truth; yat—which; jïänam—knowledge; advayam—nondual;
brahma iti—known as Brahman; paramätmä iti—known as Paramätmä;
bhagavän iti—known as Bhagavän; sabdyate—it so sounded.

77
(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

tat—that; çraddadhänäù—seriously inquisitive; munayaù—sages;


jïäna—knowledge; vairägya—detachment; yuktayä—well equipped with;
paçyanti—see; ätmani—within himself; ca—and; ätmänam—the Paramätmä;
bhaktyä—in devotional service; çruta—the Vedas; gåhétayä—well received.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

ataù—so; pumbhiù—by the human being; dvija-çresöùäù—O best among the


twice-born; varna-äçrama—the institution of four castes and four orders of
life; vibhägaçaù—by the division of; svanuñöhitasya—of one's own prescribed
duties; dharmasya—occupational; saàsiddhiù—the highest perfection;
hari—the Personality of Godhead; toñaëam—pleasing.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

tasmät—therefore; ekena—by one; manasä—attention of the mind;


bhagavän—the Personality of Godhead; sätvatäm—of the devotees;
patiù—protector; çrotavyaù—is to be heard; kértitavyaù—to be glorified;
ca—and; dhyeyaù—to be remembered; püjyaù—to be worshiped; ca—and;
nityadä—constantly.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

yat—which; anudhyä—remembrance; asinä—sword; yuktäù—being equipped


with; karma—reactionary work; granthi—knot; nibandhanam—interknit;
chindanti—cut; kovidäù—intelligent; tasya—His; kaù—who; na—not;
kuryät—shall do; kathä—messages; ratim—attention.

78
(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

çuçrüñoù—one who is engaged in hearing; çraddadhänasya—with care and


attention; väsudeva—in respect to Väsudeva; kathä—the message;
ruciù—affinity; syät—is made possible; mahat-sevayä—by service rendered to
pure devotees; vipräù—O twice-born; puëya-tértha—those who are cleansed of
all vice; niñevaëät—by service.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

çåëvatäm—those who have developed the urge to hear the message of;
sva-kathäù—His own words; kåñëaù—the Personality of Godhead;
puëya—virtues; çravaëa—hearing; kértanaù—chanting; hådi antaù
sthaù—within one's heart; hi—certainly; abhadräëi—desire to enjoy matter;
vidhunoti—cleanses; suhåt—benefactor; satäm—of the truthful.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

nañöa—destroyed; präyeñu—almost to nil; abhadreñu—all that is inauspicious;


nityam—regularly; bhägavata—Çrémad-Bhägavatam, or the pure devotee;
sevayä—by serving; bhagavati—unto the Personality of Godhead;
uttama—transcendental; çloke—prayers; bhaktiù—loving service;
bhavati—comes into being; naiñöhiké—irrevocable.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

tadä—at that time; rajaù—in the mode of passion; tamaù—the mode of


ignorance; bhäväù—the situation; käma—lust and desire; lobha—hankering;
ädayaù—others; ca—and; ye—whatever they are; cetaù—the mind; etaiù—by
these; anäviddham—without being affected; sthitam—being fixed; sattve—in

79
the mode of goodness; prasédati—thus becomes fully satisfied.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

evam—thus; prasanna—enlivened; manasaù—of the mind;


bhagavat-bhakti—the devotional service of the Lord; yogataù—by contact of;
bhagavat—regarding the Personality of Godhead; tattva—knowledge;
vijïänam—scientific; mukta—liberated; saìgasya—of the association;
jayate—becomes effective.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

bhidyate—pierced; hådaya—heart; granthiù—knots; chidyante—cut to pieces;


sarva—all; saàçayäù—misgivings; kñéyante—terminated; ca—and; asya—his;
karmäëi—chain of fruitive actions; dåñöe—having seen; eva—certainly;
ätmani—unto the self; éçvare—dominating.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

väsudeva—the Personality of Godhead; paräù—the ultimate goal;


vedäù—revealed scriptures; väsudeva—the Personality of Godhead;
paräù—for worshiping; makhäù—sacrifices; väsudeva—the Personality of
Godhead; paräù—the means of attaining; yogäù—mystic
paraphernalia-väsudeva—the Personality of Godhead; paräù—under His
control; kriyäù—fruitive activities; väsudeva—the Personality of Godhead;
param—the supreme; jïänam—knowledge; väsudeva—the Personality of
Godhead; param—best; tapaù—austerity; väsudeva—the Personality of
Godhead; paraù—superior quality; dharmaù—religion; väsudeva—the
Personality of Godhead; paräù—ultimate; gatiù—goal of life.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

80
ete—all these; ca—and; aàça—plenary portions; kaläù—portions of the
plenary portions; puàsaù—of the Supreme; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa; tu—but;
bhagavän—the Personality of Godhead; svayam—in person; indra-ari—the
enemies of Indra; vyäkulam—disturbed; lokam—all the planets;
måòayanti—gives protection; yuge yuge—in different ages.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

idam—this; bhägavatam—book containing the narration of the Personality of


Godhead and His pure devotees; näma—of the name;
puräëam—supplementary to the Vedas; brahma-sammitam—incarnation of
Lord Çré Kåñëa; uttama-çloka—of the Personality of Godhead;
caritam—activities; cakära—compiled; bhagavän—incarnation of the
Personality of Godhead; åñiù—Çré Vyäsadeva; niùçreyasäya—for the ultimate
good; lokasya—of all people; dhanyam—fully successful;
svasti-ayanam—all-blissful; mahat—all-perfect.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

kåñëe—in Kåñëa's; sva-dhäma—own abode; upagate—having returned;


dharma—religion; jïana—knowledge; ädibhiù—combined together;
saha—along with; kalau—in the Kali-yuga; nañöa-dåçäm—of persons who have
lost their sight; eñaù—all these; puräëa-arkaù—the Puräëa which is brilliant
like the sun; adhunä—just now; uditaù—has arisen.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

stré—the woman class; çüdra—the laboring class; dvija-bandhünäm—of the


friends of the twice-born; trayé—three; na—not; çruti-gocarä—for
understanding; karma—in activities; çreyasi—in welfare; müòhänäm—of the

81
fools; çreyaù—supreme benefit; evam—thus; bhavet—achieved; iha—by this;
iti—thus thinking; bhäratam—the great Mahäbhärata; äkhyänam—historical
facts; kåpayä—out of great mercy; muninä—by the muni; kåtam—is
completed.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

na—not; yat—that; vacaù—vocabulary; citra-padam—decorative; hareù—of


the Lord; yaçaù—glories; jagat—universe; pavitram—sanctified;
pragåëéta—described; karhicit—hardly; tat—that; väyasam—crows;
tértham—place of pilgrimage; uçanti—think; mänasäù—saintly persons;
na—not; yatra—where; haàsäù—all-perfect beings; niramanti—take pleasure;
uçik-kñayäù—those who reside in the transcendental abode.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

tat—that; väk—vocabulary; visargaù—creation; janatä—the people in general;


agha—sins; viplavaù—revolutionary; yasmin—in which; prati-çlokam—each
and every stanza; abaddhavati—irregularly composed; api—in spite of;
nämäni—transcendental names, etc.; anantasya—of the unlimited Lord;
yaçaù—glories; aìkitäni—depicted; yat—what; çåëvanti—do hear;
gäyanti—do sing; gåëanti—do accept; sädhavaù—the purified men who are
honest.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

naiñkarmyam—self-realization, being freed from the reactions of fruitive work;


api—in spite of; acyuta—the infallible Lord; bhäva—conception;
varjitam—devoid of; na—does not; çobhate—look well;
jïänam—transcendental knowledge; alam—by and by; niraïjanam—free from
designations; kutaù—where is; punaù—again; çaçvat—always;

82
abhadram—uncongenial; éçvare—unto the Lord; na—not; ca—and;
arpitam—offered; karma—fruitive work; yat api—what is; akäraëam—not
fruitive.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

tvaktvä—having forsaken; sva-dharmam—one's own occupational


engagement; caraëa-ambujam—the lotus feet; hareù—of Hari (the Lord);
bhajan—in the course of devotional service; apakvaù—immature; atha—for
the matter of; patet—falls down; tataù—from that place; yadi—if;
yatra—whereupon; kva—what sort of; vä—or (used sarcastically);
abhadram—unfavorable; abhüt—shall happen; amuñya—of him;
kim—nothing; kaù vä arthaù—what interest; äptaù—obtained; abhajatäm—of
the nondevotee; sva-dharmataù—being engaged in occupational service.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

tasya—for that purpose; eva—only; hetoù—reason; prayateta—should


endeavor; kovidaù—one who is philosophically inclined; na labhyate—is not
obtained; yat—what; bhramatäm—wandering; upari adhaù—from top to
bottom; tat—that; labhyate—can be obtained; duùkhavat—like the miseries;
anyataù—as a result of previous work; sukham—sense enjoyment; kälena—in
course of time; sarvatra—everywhere; gabhéra—subtle; raàhasä—progress.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

idam—this; hi—all; viçvam—cosmos; bhagavän—the Supreme Lord;


iva—almost the same; itaraù—different from; yataù—from whom; jagat—the
worlds; sthäna—exist; nirodha—annihilation; sambhaväù—creation.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

83
idam—this; hi—certainly; puàsaù—of everyone; tapasaù—by dint of
austerities; çrutasya—by dint of study of the Vedas; vä—or;
sviñöasya—sacrifice; süktasya—spiritual education; ca—and; buddhi—culture
of knowledge; dattayoù—charity; avicyutaù—infallible; arthaù—interest;
kavibhiù—by the recognized learned person; nirüpitaù—concluded; yat—what;
uttamaçloka—the Lord, who is described by choice poetry;
guëa-anuvarëanam—description of the transcendental qualities of.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

iti—thus; mürti—representation; abhidhänena—in sound;


mantra-mürtim—form representation of transcendental sound;
amürtikam—the Lord, who has no material form; yajate—worship;
yajïa—Viñëu; puruñam—the Personality of Godhead; saù—he alone;
samyak—perfectly; darçanaù—one who has seen; pumän—person.

(Närada Muni instructs Vyäsadeva)

bhakti—devotional service; yogena—by the process of linking up;


manasi—upon the mind; samyak—perfectly; praëihite—engaged in and fixed
upon; amale—without any matter; apaçyat—saw; puruñam—the Personality of
Godhead; pürëam—absolute; mäyäm—energy; ca—also; tat—His;
apäçrayam—under full control.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

yayä—by whom; sammohitaù—illusioned; jévaù—the living entities;


ätmänam—self; tri-guëa-ätmakam—conditioned by the three modes of nature,
or a product of matter; paraù—transcendental; api—in spite of;
manute—takes it for granted; anartham—things not wanted; tat—by that;

84
kåtam ca—reaction; abhipadyate—undergoes thereof.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

anartha—things which are superfluous; upaçamam—mitigation;


säkñät—directly; bhakti-yogam—the linking process of devotional service;
adhokñaje—unto the Transcendence; lokasya—of the general mass of men;
ajänataù—those who are unaware of; vidvän—the supremely learned;
cakre—compiled; sätvata—in relation with the Supreme Truth;
saàhitäm—Vedic literature.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

yasyäm—this Vedic literature; vai—certainly; çrüyamäëäyäm—simply by


giving aural reception; kåñëe—unto Lord Kåñëa; parama—supreme;
püruñe—unto the Personality of Godhead; bhaktiù—feelings of devotional
service; utpadyate—sprout up; puàsaù—of the living being;
çoka—lamentation; moha—illusion; bhaya—fearfulness; apahä—that which
extinguishes.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

sütaù uväca—Süta Gosvämé said; ätmärämäù—those who take pleasure in the


ätmä (generally, spirit self); ca—also; munayaù—sages; nirgranthäù—freed
from all bondage; api—in spite of; urukrame—unto the great adventurer;
kurvanti—do; ahaitukém—unalloyed; bhaktim—devotional service;
ittham-bhüta—such wonderful; guëaù—qualities; hariù—of the Lord.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

85
kunté uväca—Çrématé Kunté said; namasye—let me bow down; puruñam—the
Supreme Person; tvä—You; ädyam—the original; éçvaram—the controller;
prakåteù—of the material cosmos; param—beyond; alakñyam—the invisible;
sarva—all; bhütänäm—of living beings; antaù—within; bahiù—without;
avasthitam—existing.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

mäyä—deluding; javanikä—curtain; äcchannam—covered by; ajïä—ignorant;


adhokñajam—beyond the range of material conception (transcendental);
avyayam—irreproachable; na—not; lakñyase—observed; müòha-dåçä—by the
foolish observer; naöaù—artist; näöyadharaù—dressed as a player; yathä—as.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

tathä—besides that; paramahaàsänäm—of the advanced transcendentalists;


munénäm—of the great philosophers or mental speculators;
amala-ätmanäm—those whose minds are competent to discern between spirit
and matter; bhakti-yoga—the science of devotional service;
vidhäna-artham—for executing; katham—how; paçyema—can observe;
hi—certainly; striyaù—women.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

kåñëäya—the Supreme Lord; väsudeväya—unto the son of Vasudeva;


devaké-nandanäya—unto the son of Devaké; ca—and; nanda-gopa—Nanda
and the cowherd men; kumäräya—unto their son; govindäya—unto the
Personality of Godhead, who enlivens the cows and the senses;
namaù—respectful obeisances; namaù—obeisances.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

86
namaù—all respectful obeisances; paìkaja-näbhäya—unto the Lord who has a
specific depression resembling a lotus flower in the center of His abdomen;
namaù—obeisances; paìkaja-mäline—one who is always decorated with a
garland of lotus flowers; namaù—obeisances; paìkaja-neträya—one whose
glance is as cooling as a lotus flower; namaù te—respectful obeisances unto
You; paìkaja-aìghraye—unto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with
lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet).

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

yathä—as it were; håñékeça—the master of the senses; khalena—by the


envious; devaké—Devaké (the mother of Çré Kåñëa); kaàsena—by King Kaàsa;
ruddhä—imprisoned; ati-ciram—for a long time; çuca-arpitä—distressed;
vimocitä—released; aham ca—also myself; saha-ätma-jä—along with my
children; vibho—O great one; tvayä eva—by Your Lordship; näthena—as the
protector; muhuù—constantly; vipat-gaëät—from a series of dangers.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

viñät—from poison; mahä-agneù—from the great fire; puruña-ada—the


man-eaters; darçanät—by combating; asat—vicious; sabhäyäù—assembly;
vana-väsa—exiled to the forest; kåcchrataù—sufferings; mådhe mådhe—again
and again in battle; aneka—many; mahä-ratha—great generals;
astrataù—weapons; drauëi—the son of Droëäcärya; astrataù—from the
weapon of; ca—and; äsma—indicating past tense; hare—O my Lord;
abhirakñitäù—protected completely.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

vipadaù—calamities; santu—let there be; täù—all; çaçvat—again and again;

87
tatra—there; tatra—and there; jagat-guro—O Lord of the universe;
bhavataù—Your; darçanam—meeting; yat—that which; syät—is; apunaù—not
again; bhava-darçanam—seeing repetition of birth and death.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

janma—birth; aiçvarya—opulence; çruta—education; çrébhiù—by the


possession of beauty; edhamäna—progressively increasing;
madaù—intoxication; pumän—the human being; na—never; eva—ever;
arhati—deserves; abhidhatum—to address in feeling; vai—certainly;
tväm—You; akiïcana-gocaram—one who is approached easily by the
materially exhausted man.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

namaù—all obeisances unto You; akiïcana-vittäya—unto the property of the


materially impoverished; nivåtta—completely transcendental to the actions of
the material modes; guëa—material modes; våttaye—affection;
ätma-ärämäya—one who is self-satisfied; çäntäya—the most gentle;
kaivalya-pataye—unto the master of the monists; namaù—bowing down.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

manye—I consider; tväm—Your Lordship; kälam—the eternal time;


éçänam—the Supreme Lord; anädi-nidhanam—without beginning and end;
vibhum—all-pervading; samam—equally merciful; carantam—distributing;
sarvatra—everywhere; bhütänäm—of the living beings; yat mithaù—by
intercourse; kaliù—dissension.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

88
na—does not; veda—know; kaçcit—anyone; bhagavan—O Lord;
cikérñitam—pastimes; tava—Your; éhamänasya—like the worldly men;
nåëäm—of the people in general; viòambanam—misleading; na—never;
yasya—His; kaçcit—anyone; dayitaù—object of specific favor; asti—there is;
karhicit—anywhere; dveñyaù—object of envy; ca—and; yasmin—unto Him;
viñamä—partiality; matiù—conception; nåëäm—of the people.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

janma—birth; karma—activity; ca—and; viçva-ätman—O soul of the


universe; ajasya—of the unborn; akartuù—of the inactive; ätmanaù—of the
vital energy; tiryak—animal; nå—human being; åñiñu—in the sages;
yädahñu—in the water; tat—that; atyanta—veritable;
viòambanam—bewildering.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

gopé—the cowherd lady (Yaçodä); ädade—took up; tvayi—on Your;


kåtägasi—creating disturbances (by breaking the butter pot); däma—rope;
tävat—at that time; yä—that which; te—Your; daçä—situation;
açru-kalila—overflooded with tears; aïjana—ointment;
sambhrama—perturbed; akñam—eyes; vaktram—face; ninéya—downwards;
bhaya-bhävanayä—by thoughts of fear; sthitasya—of the situation; sä—that;
mäm—me; vimohayati—bewilders; bhéù api—even fear personified;
yat—whom; bibheti—is afraid.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

kecit—someone; ähuù—says; ajam—the unborn; jätam—being born;


puëya-çlokasya—of the great pious king; kértaye—for glorifying; yadoù—of
King Yadu; priyasya—of the dear; anvaväye—in the family of;

89
malayasya—Malaya hills; iva—as; candanam—sandalwood.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

apare—others; vasudevasya—of Vasudeva; devakyam—of Devaké;


yäcitaù—being prayed for; abhyagät—took birth; ajaù—unborn; tvam—You
are; asya—of him; kñemäya—for the good; vadhäya—for the purpose of killing;
ca—and; sura-dviñäm—of those who are envious of the demigods.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

bhära-avatäraëäya—just to reduce the burden to the world; anye—others;


bhuvaù—of the world; nävaù—boat; iva—like; udadhau—on the sea;
sédantyäù—aggrieved; bhüri—extremely; bhäreëa—by the burden; jätaù—You
were born; hi—certainly; ätma-bhuvä—by Brahmä; arthitaù—being prayed for.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

bhave—in the material creation; asmin—this; kliçya-mänänäm—of those who


are suffering from; avidyä—nescience; käma—desire; karmabhiù—by
execution of fruitive work; çravaëa—hearing; smaraëa—remembering;
arhäëi—worshiping; kariñyan—may perform; iti—thus; kecana—others.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

çåëvanti—hear; gäyanti—chant; gåëanti—take; abhékñëaçaù—continuously;


smaranti—remember; nandanti—take pleasure; tava—Your;
éhitam—activities; janäù—people in general; te—they; eva—certainly;
paçyanti—can see; acireëa—very soon; tävakam—Your; bhava-praväha—the
current of rebirth; uparamam—cessation; pada-ambujam—lotus feet.

90
(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

api—if; adya—today; naù—us; tvam—You; sva-kåta—self-executed; éhita—all


duties; prabho—O my Lord; jihäsasi—giving up; svit—possibly;
suhådaù—intimate friends; anujévinaù—living at the mercy of; yeñäm—of
whom; na—nor; ca—and; anyat—anyone else; bhavataù—Your;
pada-ambujät—from the lotus feet; paräyaëam—dependent; räjasu—unto the
kings; yojita—engaged in; aàhasäm—enmity.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

ke—who are; vayam—we; näma-rüpäbhyäm—without fame and ability;


yadubhiù—with the Yadus; saha—along with; päëòaväù—and the Päëòavas;
bhavataù—Your; adarçanam—absence; yarhi—as if; håñékäëäm—of the senses;
iva—like; éçituù—of the living being.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

na—not; iyam—this land of our kingdom; çobhiñyate—will appear beautiful;


tatra—then; yathä—as it is now; idäném—how; gadädhara—O Kåñëa;
tvat—Your; padaiù—by the feet; aìkitä—marked; bhäti—is dazzling;
sva-lakñaëa—Your own marks; vilakñitaiù—by the impressions.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

ime—all these; jana-padäù—cities and towns; svåddhäù—flourished;


supakva—mature; auñadhi—herbs; vérudhaù—vegetables; vana—forests;
adri—hills; nadé—rivers; udanvantaù—seas; hi—certainly;
edhante—increasing; tava—by You; vékñitaiù—seen.

91
(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

atha—therefore; viçva-éça—O Lord of the universe; viçva-ätman—O soul of


the universe; viçva-mürte—O personality of the universal form;
sva-keñu—unto my own kinsmen; me—my; sneha-päçam—tie of affection;
imam—this; chindhi—cut off; dåòham—deep; päëòuñu—for the Päëòavas;
våñëiñu—for the Våñëis also.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

tvayi—unto You; me—my; ananya-viñayä—unalloyed; matiù—attention;


madhu-pate—O Lord of Madhu; asakåt—continuously; ratim—attraction;
udvahatät—may overflow; addhä—directly; gaìgä—the Ganges; iva—like;
ogham—flows; udanvati—down to the sea.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

çré-kåñëa—O Çré Kåñëa; kåñëa-sakha—O friend of Arjuna; våñëi—of


descendants of Våñëi; åñabha—O chief; avani—the earth; dhruk—rebellious;
räjanya-vaàça—dynasties of the kings; dahana—O annihilator;
anapavarga—without deterioration of; vérya—prowess; govinda—O proprietor
of Golokadhäma; go—of the cows; dvija—the brähmaëas; sura—the demigods;
arti-hara—to relieve distress; avatära—O Lord who descends; yoga-éçvara—O
master of all mystic powers; akhila—universal; guro—O preceptor;
bhagavan—O possessor of all opulences; namaù te—respectful obeisances unto
You.

(Prayers by Queen Kunté)

kämam—everything needed; vavarña—was showered; parjanyaù—rains;

92
sarva—everything; käma—necessities; dughä—producer; mahé—the land;
siñicuù sma—moisten; vrajän—pasturing grounds; gävaù—the cow; payasä
udhasvatéù—due to swollen milk bags; mudä—because of a joyful attitude.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

bhavat—your good self; vidhäù—like; bhägavatäù—devotees; tértha—the holy


places of pilgrimage; bhütäù—converted into; svayam—personally; vibho—O
powerful one; térthé-kurvanti—make into a holy place of pilgrimage;
térthäni—the holy places; sva-antaù-sthena—having been situated in the heart;
gadä-bhåtä—the Personality of Godhead.

(King Yudhiñöhira greets Vidura)

ahastäni—those who are devoid of hands; sa-hastänäm—of those who are


endowed with hands; apadäni—those who are devoid of legs; catuù-padäm—of
those who have four legs; phalgüni—those who are weak; tatra—there;
mahatäm—of the powerful; jévaù—the living being; jévasya—of the living
being; jévanam—subsistence.

(Närada Muni instructs King Yudhiñöhira)

sütaù uväca—Süta Gosvämé said; abhyarthitaù—thus being petitioned;


tadä—at that time; tasmai—unto him; sthänäni—places; kalaye—to the
personality of Kali; dadau—gave him permission; dyütam—gambling;
pänam—drinking; striyaù—illicit association with women; sünä—animal
slaughter; yatra—wherever; adharmaù—sinful activities; catuù-vidhaù—four
kinds of.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

93
tulayäma—to be balanced with; lavena—by a moment; api—even; na—never;
svargam—heavenly planets; na—nor; apunaù-bhavam—liberation from
matter; bhagavat-saìgi—devotee of the Lord; saìgasya—of the association;
martyänäm—those who are meant for death; kim—what is there; uta—to
speak of; äçiñaù—worldly benediction.

(The sages of Naimiñäraëya to Süta Gosvämé)

tam—for that reason; mä—me; upayätam—taken shelter of; pratiyantu—just


accept me; vipräù—O brähmaëas; gaìgä—mother Ganges; ca—also;
devé—direct representative of the Lord; dhåta—taken into; cittam—heart;
éçe—unto the Lord; dvija-upasåñöaù—created by the brähmaëa;
kuhakaù—something magical; takñakaù—the snake-bird; vä—either;
daçatu—let it bite; alam—without further delay; gäyata—please go on singing;
viñëu-gäthäù—narration of the deeds of Viñëu.

(King Parékñit states his determination to the sages gathered at the Ganges
bank)

çré-çukaù uväca—Çré Çukadeva Gosvämé said; varéyän—glorious; eñaù—this;


te—your; praçnaù—question; kåtaù—made by you; loka-hitam—beneficial for
all men; nåpa—O King; ätmavit—transcendentalist; sammataù—approved;
puàsäm—of all men; çrotavya-ädiñu—in all kinds of hearing; yaù—what is;
paraù—the supreme.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

çrotavya-ädéni—subject matters for hearing; räjendra—O Emperor; nåëäm—of


the human society; santi—there are; sahasraçaù—hundreds and thousands;
apaçyatäm—of the blind; ätma-tattvam—knowledge of self, the ultimate truth;
gåheñu—at home; gåha-medhinäm—of persons too materially engrossed.

94
(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

nidrayä—by sleeping; hriyate—wastes; naktam—night; vyaväyena—sex


indulgence; ca—also; vä—either; vayaù—duration of life; divä—days;
ca—and; artha—economic; éhayä—development; räjan—O King;
kuöumba—family members; bharaëena—maintaining; vä—either.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

deha—body; apatya—children; kalatra—wife; ädiñu—and in everything in


relation to them; ätma—own; sainyeñu—fighting soldiers; asatsu—fallible;
api—in spite of; teñäm—of all of them; pramattaù—too attached;
nidhanam—destruction; paçyan—having been experienced; api—although;
na—does not; paçyati—see it.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

tasmät—for this reason; bhärata—O descendant of Bharata; sarvätmä—the


Supersoul; bhagavän—the Personality of Godhead; éçvaraù—the controller;
hariù—the Lord, who vanquishes all miseries; çrotavyaù—is to be heard;
kértitavyaù—to be glorified; ca—also; smartavyaù—to be remembered;
ca—and; icchatä—of one who desires; abhayam—freedom.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

etävän—all these; säìkhya—complete knowledge of matter and spirit;


yogäbhyäm—knowledge of mystic power; sva-dharma—particular occupational
duty; pariniñöhayä—by full perception; janma—birth; läbhaù—gain;
paraù—the supreme; puàsäm—of a person; ante—at the end; näräyaëa—the
Personality of Godhead; småtiù—remembrance.

95
(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

etat—it is; nirvidyamänänäm—of those who are completely free from all
material desires; icchatäm—of those who are desirous of all sorts of material
enjoyment; akutaù-bhayam—free from all doubts and fear; yoginäm—of all
who are self-satisfied; nåpa—O King; nirëétam—decided truth; hareù—of the
Lord, Çré Kåñëa; näma—holy name; anu—after someone, always;
kértanam—chanting.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

pibanti—who drink; ye—those; bhagavataù—of the Personality of Godhead;


ätmanaù—of the most dear; satäm—of devotees; kathä-amåtam—the nectar of
the messages; çravaëa-puöeñu—within the earholes; sambhåtam—fully filled;
punanti—purify; te—their; viñaya—material enjoyment;
vidüñita-äçayam—polluted aim of life; vrajanti—do go back; tat—the Lord's;
caraëa—feet; saroruha-antikam—near the lotus.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

akämaù—one who has transcended all material desires; sarva-kämaù—one


who has the sum total of material desires; vä—either; mokña-kämaù—one who
desires liberation; udära-dhéù—with broader intelligence; tévreëa—with great
force; bhakti-yogena—by devotional service to the Lord; yajeta—should
worship; puruñam—the Lord; param—the supreme whole.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

äyuù—duration of life; harati—decreases; vai—certainly; puàsäm—of the


people; udyan—rising; astam—setting; ca—also; yan—moving; asau—the sun;

96
tasya—of one who glorifies the Lord; åte—except; yat—by whom;
kñaëaù—time; nétaù—utilized; uttama-çloka—the all-good Personality of
Godhead; värtayä—in the topics of.

Both by rising and by setting, the sun decreases the duration of life of everyone,
except one who utilizes the time by discuslsvsing topics of the all-good
Personality of Godhead.

(Çaunaka Åñi to Süta Gosvämé)

taravaù—the trees; kim—whether; na—do not; jévanti—live;


bhasträù—bellows; kim—whether; na—do not; çvasanti—breathe; uta—also;
na—do not; khädanti—eat; na—do not; mehanti—discharge semen;
kim—whether; gräme—in the locality; paçavaù—beastly living being;
apare—others.

(Çaunaka Åñi to Süta Gosvämé)

çva—a dog; viö-varäha—the village hog who eats stool; uñöra—the camel;
kharaiù—and by the asses; saàstutaù—perfectly praised; puruñaù—a person;
paçuù—animal; na—never; yat—of him; karëa—ear; patha—path;
upetaù—reached; jätu—at any time; näma—the holy name; gadägrajaù—Lord
Kåñëa, the deliverer from all evils.

(Çaunaka Åñi to Süta Gosvämé)

bile—snake holes; bata—like; urukrama—the Lord, who acts marvelously;


vikramän—prowess; ye—all these; na—never; çåëvataù—heard;
karëa-puöe—the earholes; narasya—of the man; jihvä—tongue; asaté—useless;
därdurikä—of the frogs; iva—exactly like that; süta—O Süta Gosvämé;
na—never; ca—also; upagäyati—chants loudly; urugäya—worth singing;
gäthäù—songs.

97
(Çaunaka Åñi to Süta Gosvämé)

ätma—body; jäyä—wife; suta—son; ägära—palace; paçu—horses and


elephants; draviëa—treasury house; bandhuñu—unto friends and relatives;
räjye—in the kingdom; ca—also; avikale—without being disturbed;
nityam—constant; virüòhäm—deep-rooted; mamatäm—affinity; jahau—gave
up.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

yat—whose; kértanam—glorification; yat—whose; smaraëam—remembrances;


yat—whose ; ékñaëam—audience; yat—whose; vandanam—prayers;
yat—whose; çravaëam—hearing about; yat—whose; arhaëam—worshiping;
lokasya—of all people; sadyaù—forthwith; vidhunoti—specifically cleanses;
kalmañam—effects of sins; tasmai—unto Him; subhadra—all-auspicious;
çravase—one who is heard; namaù—my due obeisances; namaù—again and
again.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

kiräta—a province of old Bhärata; hüëa—part of Germany and Russia;


ändhra—a province of Southern India; pulinda—the Greeks;
pulkaçäù—another province; äbhéra—part of old Sind; çumbhäù—another
province; yavanäù—the Turks; khasa-ädayaù—the Mongolian Province;
ye—even those; anye—others; ca—also; päpäù—addicted to sinful acts;
yat—whose; apäçraya—äçrayäù—having taken shelter of the devotees of the
Lord; çudhyanti—at once purified; tasmai—unto Him; prabhaviñëave—unto
the powerful Viñëu; namaù—my respectful obeisances.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

98
kathayasva—please continue speaking; mahäbhäga—O greatly fortunate one;
yathä—as much as; aham—I; akhila-ätmani—unto the Supreme Soul;
kåñëe—unto Lord Çré Kåñëa; niveçya—having placed; niùsaìgam—being freed
from material qualities; manaù—mind; tyakñye—may relinquish;
kalevaram—body.

(Mahäräja Parékñit to Çukadeva Gosvämé)

çåëvataù—of those who hear; çraddhayä—in earnestness; nityam—regularly,


always; gåëataù—taking the matter; ca—also; sva-ceñöitam—seriously by one's
own endeavor; kälena—duration; na—not; atidérgheëa—very prolonged time;
bhagavän—the Personality of Godhead Çré Kåñëa; viçate—becomes manifest;
hådi—within one's heart.

(Mahäräja Parékñit to Çukadeva Gosvämé)

praviñöaù—thus being entered; karëa-randhreëa—through the holes of the


ears; svänäm—according to one's liberated position; bhäva—constitutional
relationship; saraù-ruham—the lotus flower; dhunoti—cleanses;
çamalam—material qualities like lust, anger, avarice and hankering;
kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; salilasya—of the
reservoir of waters; yathä—as it were; çarat—the autumn season.

(Mahäräja Parékñit to Çukadeva Gosvämé)

dhauta-ätmä—a person whose heart has been cleansed; puruñaù—the living


being; kåñëa—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; päda-mülam—the shelter
of the lotus feet; na—never; muïcati—gives up; mukta—liberated; sarva—all;
parikleçaù—of all miseries of life; pänthaù—the traveler; sva-çaraëam—in his
own abode; yathä—as it were.

99
(Mahäräja Parékñit to Çukadeva Gosvämé)

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Personality of Godhead said; jïänam—knowledge


acquired; parama—extremely; guhyam—confidential; me—of Me; yat—which
is; vijïäna—realization; samanvitam—coordinated; sa-rahasyam—with
devotional service; tat—of that; aìgam ca—necessary paraphernalia;
gåhäëa—just try to take up; gaditam—explained; mayä—by Me.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Brahmä)

aham—I, the Personality of Godhead; eva—certainly; äsam—existed;


eva—only; agre—before the creation; na—never; anyat—anything else;
yat—all those; sat—the effect; asat—the cause; param—the supreme;
paçcät—at the end; aham—I, the Personality of Godhead; yat—all these;
etat—creation; ca—also; yaù—everything; avaçiñyeta—remains; saù—that;
asmi—I am; aham—I, the Personality of Godhead.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Brahmä)

åte—without; artham—value; yat—which; pratéyeta—appears to be; na—not;


pratéyeta—appears to be; ca—and; ätmani—in relation to Me; tat—that;
vidyät—you must know; ätmanaù—My; mäyäm—illusory energy; yathä—just
as; äbhäsaù—the reflection; yathä—as; tamaù—the darkness.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Brahmä)

yathä—just as; mahänti—the universal; bhütäni—elements; bhüteñu


ucca-avaceñu—in the minute and gigantic; anu—after; praviñöäni—entered;
apraviñöäni—not entered; tathä—so; teñu—in them; na—not; teñu—in them;
aham—Myself.

100
(Lord Kåñëa instructs Brahmä)

etävat—up to this; eva—certainly; jijïäsyam—is to be inquired; tattva—the


Absolute Truth; jijïäsunä—by the student; ätmanaù—of the Self;
anvaya—directly; vyatirekäbhyäm—indirectly; yat—whatever; syät—it may
be; sarvatra—in all space and time; sarvadä—in all circumstances.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Brahmä)

muktiù—liberation; hitvä—giving up; anyathä—otherwise; rüpam—form;


sva-rüpeëa—in constitutional form; vyavasthitiù—permanent situation.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

aho—alas; baké—the she-demon (Pütanä); yam—whom; stana—of her breast;


käla—deadly; küöam—poison; jighäàsayä—out of envy; apäyayat—nourished;
api—although; asädhvé—unfaithful; lebhe—achieved; gatim—destination;
dhätré-ucitäm—just suitable for the nurse; tataù—beyond whom;
anyam—other; kam—who else; vä—certainly; dayälum—merciful;
çaraëam—shelter; vrajema—shall I take.

(Uddhava to Vidura)

kaù—who is that man; tåpnuyät—that can be satisfied; tértha-padaù—whose


lotus feet are all the places of pilgrimage; abhidhänät—from the talks of;
satreñu—in human society; vaù—one who is; süribhiù—by great devotees;
éòyamänät—one who is so worshiped; yaù—who; karëa-näòém—in the holes
of the ears; puruñasya—of a man; yätaù—entering; bhava-pradäm—that which
awards births and deaths; geha-ratim—family affection; chinatti—is cut off.

101
(Vidura to Maitreya Muni)

sä—those topics of Kåñëa, or kåñëa-kathä; çraddadhänasya—of one who is


anxious to hear; vivardhamänä—gradually increasing; viraktim—indifference;
anyatra—in other things (than such topics); karoti—does; puàsaù—of one
who is so engaged; hareù—of the Lord; pada-anusmåti—constant remembrance
of the lotus feet of the Lord; nirvåtasya—one who has achieved such
transcendental bliss; samasta-duùkha—all miseries; apyayam—vanquished;
äçu—without delay; dhatte—executes.

(Vidura to Maitreya Muni)

märganti—searching after; yat—as; te—Your; mukha-padma—lotuslike face;


néòaiù—by those who have taken shelter of such a lotus flower;
chandaù—Vedic hymns; suparëaiù—by the wings; åñayaù—the sages;
vivikte—in clear mind; yasya—whose; agha-marña-uda—that which offers
freedom from all reactions to sin; sarit—rivers; varäyäù—in the best; padam
padam—in every step; tértha-padaù—one whose lotus feet are as good as a
place of pilgrimage; prapannäù—taking shelter.

(Demigods' prayers to Lord Viñëu)

yat—that which; çraddhayä—by eagerness; çrutavatyä—simply by hearing;


ca—also; bhaktyä—in devotion; sammåjyamäne—being cleansed; hådaye—in
the heart; avadhäya—meditation; jïänena—by knowledge;
vairägya—detachment; balena—by the strength of; dhéräù—the pacified;
vrajema—must go to; tat—that; te—Your; aìghri—feet; saroja-péöham—lotus
sanctuary.

(Demigods' prayers to Lord Viñëu)

102
pänena—by drinking; te—of You; deva—O Lord; kathä—topics; sudhäyäù—of
the nectar; pravåddha—highly enlightened; bhaktyä—by devotional service;
viçada-äçayäù—with a greatly serious attitude; ye—those who;
vairägya-säram—the entire purport of renunciation; pratilabhya—achieving;
bodham—intelligence; yathä—as much as; aïjasä—quickly; anvéyuù—achieve;
akuëöha-dhiñëyam—Vaikuëöha-loka in the spiritual sky.

(Demigods' prayers to Lord Viñëu)

ye—those who; tu—but; tvadéya—Your; caraëa-ambuja—lotus feet;


koça—inside; gandham—flavor; jighranti—smell; karëa-vivaraiù—through the
channel of the ears; çruti-väta-nétam—carried by the air of Vedic sound;
bhaktyä—by devotional service; gåhéta-caraëaù—accepting the lotus feet;
parayä—transcendental; ca—also; teñäm—for them; na—never;
apaiñi—separate; nätha—O my Lord; hådaya—heart; ambu-ruhät—from the
lotus of; sva-puàsäm—of Your own devotees.

(Brahmä's prayers for creative energy)

tvam—unto You; bhakti-yoga—in devotional service; paribhävita—being one


hundred percent engaged; håt—of the heart; saroje—on the lotus; ässe—You
reside; çruta-ékñita—seen through the ear; pathaù—the path; nanu—now;
nätha—O my Lord; puàsäm—of the devotees; yat-yat—whichever; dhiyä—by
meditating; te—Your; urugäya—O multiglorious; vibhävayanti—they
specifically think of; tat-tat—the very same; vapuù—transcendental form;
praëayase—do You manifest; sat-anugrahäya—to show Your causeless mercy.

(Brahmä's prayers for creative energy)

yat—Vaikuëöha; ca—and; vrajanti—go; animiñäm—of the demigods;


åñabha—chief; anuvåttyä—following in the footsteps; düre—keeping at a

103
distance; yamäù—regulative principles; hi—certainly; upari—above; naù—us;
spåhaëéya—to be desired; çéläù—good qualities; bhartuù—of the Supreme
Lord; mithaù—for one another; suyaçasaù—glories; kathana—by discussions,
discourses; anuräga—attraction; vaiklavya—ecstasy; bäñpa-kalayä—tears in
the eyes; pulaké-kåta—shivering; aìgäù—bodies.

(Lord Brahmä to the demigods)

tasya—of Him; aravinda-nayanasya—of the lotus-eyed Lord;


pada-aravinda—of the lotus feet; kiïjalka—with the toes; miçra—mixed;
tulasé—the tulasé leaves; makaranda—fragrance; väyuù—breeze;
antaù-gataù—entered within; sva-vivareëa—through their nostrils;
cakära—made; teñäm—of the Kümäras; saìkñobham—agitation for change;
akñara-juñäm—attached to impersonal Brahman realization; api—even
though; citta-tanvoù—in both mind and body.

(Lord Brahmä describing the pastime of the four Kumäras)

na—not; iha—here; yat—which; karma—work; dharmäya—for perfection of


religious life; na—not; virägäya—for detachment; kalpate—leads; na—not;
tértha-pada—of the Lord's lotus feet; seväyai—to devotional service;
jévan—living; api—although; måtaù—dead; hi—indeed; saù—he.

(Devahüté to Kardama Muni)

prasaìgam—attachment; ajaram—strong; päçam—entanglement;


ätmanaù—of the soul; kavayaù—learned men; viduù—know; saù eva—that
same; sädhuñu—to the devotees; kåtaù—applied; mokña-dväram—the door of
liberation; apävåtam—opened.

(Devahüté to Kardama Muni)

104
titikñavaù—tolerant; käruëikäù—merciful; suhådaù—friendly;
sarva-dehinäm—to all living entities; ajäta-çatravaù—inimical to none;
çäntäù—peaceful; sädhavaù—abiding by scriptures; sädhu-bhüñaëäù—adorned
with sublime characteristics.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

mat-äçrayäù—about Me; kathäù—stories; måñöäù—delightful; çåëvanti—they


hear; kathayanti—they chant; ca—and; tapanti—inflict suffering;
vividhäù—various; täpäù—the material miseries; na—do not; etän—unto
them; mat-gata—fixed on Me; cetasaù—their thoughts.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

satäm—of pure devotees; prasaìgät—through the association; mama—My;


vérya—wonderful activities; saàvidaù—by discussion of; bhavanti—become;
håt—to the heart; karëa—to the ear; rasa-ayanäù—pleasing; kathäù—the
stories; tat—of that; joñaëät—by cultivation; äçu—quickly; apavarga—of
liberation; vartmani—on the path; çraddhä—firm faith; ratiù—attraction;
bhaktiù—devotion; anu-kramiñyati—will follow in order.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

na—never; eka-ätmatäm—merging into oneness; me—My; spåha-yanti—they


desire; kecit—any; mat-päda-sevä—the service of My lotus feet;
abhiratäù—engaged in; mat-éhäù—endeavoring to attain Me; ye—those who;
anyonyataù—mutually; bhägavatäù—pure devotees; prasajya—assembling;
sabhäjayante—glorify; mama—My; pauruñäëi—glorious activities.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

105
sälokya—living on the same planet; särñöi—having the same opulence;
sämépya—to be a personal associate; särüpya—having the same bodily features;
ekatvam—oneness; api—also; uta—even; déyamänam—being offered;
na—not; gåhëanti—do accept; vinä—without; mat—My;
sevanam—devotional service; janäù—pure devotees.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; karmaëä—by


the result of work; daiva-netreëa—under the supervision of the Lord;
jantuù—the living entity; deha—a body; upapattaye—for obtaining;
striyäù—of a woman; praviñöaù—enters; udaram—the womb; puàsaù—of a
man; retaù—of semen; kaëa—a particle; äçrayaù—dwelling in.

(Lord Kapila instructs Devahüté)

yat—of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); nämadheya—the name;


çravaëa—hearing; anukértanät—by chanting; yat—to whom; prahvaëät—by
offering obeisances; yat—whom; smaraëät—by remembering; api—even;
kvacit—at any time; çva-adaù—a dog-eater; api—even; sadyaù—immediately;
savanäya—for performing Vedic sacrifices; kalpate—becomes eligible;
kutaù—what to speak of; punaù—again; te—You; bhagavan—O Supreme
Personality of Godhead; nu—then; darçanät—by seeing face to face.

(Devahüté to Lord Kapila)

aho bata—oh, how glorious; çva-pacaù—a dog-eater; ataù—hence;


garéyän—worshipable; yat—of whom; jihvä-agre-on the tip of the tongue;
vartate—is; näma—the holy name; tubhyam—unto You; tepuù
tapaù—practiced austerities; te—they; juhuvuù—executed fire sacrifices;

106
sasnuù—took bath in the sacred rivers; äryäù—Äryans; brahma
anücuù—studied the Vedas; näma—the holy name; gåëanti—accept; ye—they
who; te—Your.

(Devahüté to Lord Kapila)

sattvam—consciousness; viçuddham—pure; vasudeva—Vasudeva;


çabditam—known as; yat—because; éyate—is revealed; tatra—there;
pumän—the Supreme Person; apävåtaù—without any covering; sattve—in
consciousness; ca—and; tasmin—in that; bhagavän—the Supreme Personality
of Godhead; väsudevaù—Väsudeva; hi—because; adhokñajaù—transcendental;
me—by me; namasä—with obeisances; vidhéyate—worshiped.

(Lord Çiva to Saté)

yat—whose; päda—feet; paìkaja—lotus; paläça—petals or toes;


viläsa—enjoyment; bhaktyä—by devotional service; karma—fruitive
activities; äçayam—desire; grathitam—hard knot; udgrathayanti—root out;
santaù—devotees; tat—that; vat—like; na—never; rikta-matayaù—persons
devoid of devotional service; yatayaù—ever-increasingly trying; api—even
though; ruddha—stopped; srotaù-gaëäù—the waves of sense enjoyment;
tam—unto Him; araëam—worthy to take shelter; bhaja—engage in
devotional service; väsudevam—unto Kåñëa, the son of Vasudeva.

(Sanat Kumära instructs King Påthu)

gåheñu—in family life; äviçatäm—who have entered; ca—also; api—even;


puàsäm—of persons; kuçala-karmaëäm—engaged in auspicious activities;
mat-värtä—in topics about Me; yäta—is expended; yämä-näm—whose every
moment; na—not; bandhäya—for bondage; gåhäù—household life;
matäù—considered.

107
(Lord Viñëu instructs the Pracetäs)

yatra—where; éòyante—are worshiped or discussed; kathäù—words;


måñöäù—pure; tåñëäyäù—of material hankerings; praçamaù—satisfaction;
yataù—by which; nirvairam—nonenviousness; yatra—where; bhüteñu—among
living entities; na—not; udvegaù—fear; yatra—where; kaçcana—any.

(The Pracetäs)

yathä—as; taroù—of a tree; müla—the root; niñecanena—by watering;


tåpyanti—are satisfied; tat—its; skandha—trunk; bhuja—branches;
upaçäkhäù—and twigs; präëa—the life air; upahärät—by feeding; ca—and;
yathä—as; indriyäëäm—of the senses; tathä eva—similarly; sarva—of all
demigods; arhaëam—worship; acyuta—of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; ijyä—worship.

(Närada instructs the Pracetäs)

åñabhaù uväca—Lord Åñabhadeva said; na—not; ayam—this; dehaù—body;


deha-bhäjäm—of all living entities who have accepted material bodies;
nå-loke—in this world; kañöän—troublesome; kämän—sense gratification;
arhate—deserves; viö-bhujäm—of stool-eaters; ye—which; tapaù—austerities
and penances; divyam—divine; putrakäù—My dear sons; yena—by which;
sattvam—the heart; çuddhyet—becomes purified; yasmät—from which;
brahma-saukhyam—spiritual happiness; tu—certainly; anantam—unending.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

mahat-seväm—service to the spiritually advanced persons called mahätmäs;


dväram—the way; ähuù—they say; vimukteù—of liberation;

108
tamaù-dväram—the way to the dungeon of a dark, hellish condition of life;
yoñitäm—of women; saìgi—of associates; saìgam—association;
mahäntaù—highly advanced in spiritual understanding; te—they;
sama-cittäù—persons who see everyone in a spiritual identity;
praçäntäù—very peaceful, situated in Brahman or Bhagavän;
vimanyavaù—without anger (one must distribute Kåñëa consciousness to
persons who are hostile without becoming angry at them);
suhådaù—well-wishers of everyone; sädhavaù—qualified devotees, without
abominable behavior; ye—they who.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

nünam—indeed; pramattaù—mad; kurute—performs; vikarma—sinful


activities forbidden in the scriptures; yat—when; indriya-prétaye—for sense
gratification; äpåëoti—engages; na—not; sädhu—befitting; manye—I think;
yataù—by which; ätmanaù—of the soul; ayam—this; asan—being temporary;
api—although; kleça-daù—giving misery; äsa—became possible; dehaù—the
body.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

paräbhavaù—defeat, misery; tävat—so long; abodha-jätaù—produced from


ignorance; yävat—as long as; na—not; jijïäsate—inquires about;
ätma-tattvam—the truth of the self; yävat—as long as; kriyäù—fruitive
activities; tävat—so long; idam—this; manaù—mind; vai—indeed;
karma-ätmakam—absorbed in material activities; yena—by which;
çaréra-bandhaù—bondage in this material body.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

puàsaù—of a male; striyäù—of a female; mithuné-bhävam—attraction for

109
sexual life; etam—this; tayoù—of both of them; mithaù—between one
another; hådaya-granthim—the knot of the hearts; ähuù—they call;
ataù—thereafter; gåha—by home; kñetra—field; suta—children;
äpta—relatives; vittaiù—and by wealth; janasya—of the living being;
mohaù—illusion; ayam—this; aham—I; mama—mine; iti—thus.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

guruù—a spiritual master; na—not; saù—he; syät—should become;


sva-janaù—a relative; na—not; saù—such a person; syät—should become;
pitä—a father; na—not; saù—he; syät—should become; janané—a mother;
na—not; sä—she; syät—should become; daivam—the worshipable deity;
na—not; tat—that; syät—should become; na—not; patiù—a husband;
ca—also; saù—he; syät—should become; na—not; mocayet—can deliver;
yaù—who; samupeta-måtyum—one who is on the path of repeated birth and
death.

(Lord Åñabhadeva instructs His 100 sons)

rahügaëa—O King Rahügaëa; etat—this knowledge; tapasä—by severe


austerities and penances; na yäti—does not become revealed; na—not;
ca—also; ijyayä—by a great arrangement for worshiping the Deity;
nirvapaëät—or from finishing all material duties and accepting sannyäsa;
gåhät—from ideal householder life; vä—or; na—nor; chandasä—by observing
celibacy or studying Vedic literature; na eva—nor; jala-agni-süryaiù—by
severe austerities such as keeping oneself in water, in a burning fire or in the
scorching sun; vinä—without; mahat—of the great devotees; päda-rajaù—the
dust of the lotus feet; abhiñekam—smearing all over the body.

(Jaòa Bharata instructs Mahäräja Rahügana)

110
yat—of whom (the devotees); saìga-labdham—achieved by the association;
nija-vérya-vaibhavam—whose influence is uncommon; tértham—holy places
like the Ganges; muhuù—repeatedly; saàspåçatäm—of those touching;
hi—certainly; mänasam—the dirty things in the mind; harati—vanquishes;
ajaù—the supreme unborn one; antaù—in the core of the heart; çrutibhiù—by
the ears; gataù—entered; aìga-jam—dirty things or infections of the body;
kaù—who; vai—indeed; na—not; seveta—would serve;
mukunda-vikramam—the glorious activities of Mukunda, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.

(the residents of Jambüdvépa offer prayers)

yasya—of whom; asti—there is; bhaktiù—devotional service; bhagavati—to


the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akiïcanä—without any motive;
sarvaiù—with all; guëaiù—good qualities; tatra—there (in that person);
samäsate—reside; suräù—all the demigods; harau—unto the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; abhaktasya—of a person who is not devoted;
kutaù—where; mahat-guëäù—good qualities; manorathena—by mental
speculation; asati—in the temporary material world; dhävataù—who is
running; bahiù—outside.

(the residents of Jambüdvépa offer prayers)

kvacit—sometimes; nivartate—ceases; abhadrät—from sinful activity;


kvacit—sometimes; carati—commits; tat—that (sinful activity);
punaù—again; präyaçcittam—the process of atonement; atho—therefore;
apärtham—useless; manye—I consider; kuïjara-çaucavat—exactly like the
bathing of an elephant.

(Mahäräja Parékñit)

111
tapasä—by austerity or voluntary rejection of material enjoyment;
brahmacaryeëa—by celibacy (the first austerity); çamena—by controlling the
mind; ca—and; damena—by fully controlling the senses; ca—also;
tyägena—by voluntarily giving charity to good causes; satya—by truthfulness;
çaucäbhyäm—and by following regulative principles to keep oneself internally
and externally clean; yamena—by avoiding cursing and violence;
niyamena—by regularly chanting the holy name of the Lord; vä—and.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

kecit—some people; kevalayä bhaktyä—by executing unalloyed devotional


service; väsudeva—to Lord Kåñëa, the all-pervading Supreme Personality of
Godhead; paräyaëäù—completely attached (only to such service, without
dependence on austerity, penance, cultivation of knowledge or pious
activities); agham—all kinds of sinful reactions; dhunvanti—destroy;
kärtsnyena—completely (with no possibility that sinful desires will revive);
néhäram—fog; iva—like; bhäskaraù—the sun.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

yamadütäù ücuù—the order carriers of Yamaräja said; veda—by the four Vedas
(Säma, Yajur, Åg and Atharva); praëihitaù—prescribed; dharmaù—religious
principles; hi—indeed; adharmaù—irreligious principles; tat-viparyayaù—the
opposite of that (that which is not supported by Vedic injunctions);
vedaù—the Vedas, books of knowledge; näräyaëaù säkñät—directly the
Supreme Personality of Godhead (being the words of Näräyaëa);
svayam-bhüù—self-born, self-sufficient (appearing only from the breath of
Näräyaëa and not being learned from anyone else); iti—thus; çuçruma—we
have heard.

(The Yamadütas reply to the Viñëudütas)

112
dharmam—real religious principles, or bona fide laws of religion; tu—but;
säkñät—directly; bhagavat—by the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
praëétam—enacted; na—not; vai—indeed; viduù—they know; åñayaù—the
great åñis such as Bhågu; na—not; api—also; deväù—the demigods; na—nor;
siddha-mukhyäù—the chief leaders of Siddhaloka; asuräù—the demons;
manuñyäù—the inhabitants of Bhürloka, the human beings; kutaù—where;
nu—indeed; vidyädhara—the lesser demigods known as Vidyädharas;
cäraëa—the residents of the planets where people are by nature great
musicians and singers; ädayaù—and so on.

(Yamaräja instructs the Yamadütas)

svayambhüù—Lord Brahmä; näradaù—the great saint Närada;


çambhuù—Lord Çiva; kumäraù—the four Kumäras; kapilaù—Lord Kapila;
manuù—Sväyambhuva Manu; prahlädaù—Prahläda Mahäräja;
janakaù—Janaka Mahäräja; bhéñmaù—Grandfather Bhéñma; baliù—Bali
Mahäräja; vaiyäsakiù—Çukadeva, the son of Vyäsadeva; vayam—we.

(Yamaräja instructs the Yamadütas)

etävän—this much; eva—indeed; loke asmin—in this material world;


puàsäm—of the living entities; dharmaù—the religious principles;
paraù—transcendental; småtaù—recognized; bhakti-yogaù—bhakti-yoga, or
devotional service; bhagavati—to the Supreme Personality of Godhead (not
the demigods); tat—His; näma—of the holy name;
grahaëa-ädibhiù—beginning with chanting.

(Yamaräja instructs the Yamadütas)

tasmät—therefore; saìkértanam—the congregational chanting of the holy


name; viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu; jagat-maìgalam—the most auspicious

113
performance within this material world; aàhasäm—for sinful activities;
mahatäm api—even though very great; kauravya—O descendant of the Kuru
family; viddhi—understand; aikäntika—the ultimate; niñkåtam—atonement.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

muktänäm—of those who are liberated during this life (who are unattached to
the bodily comforts of society, friendship and love); api—even;
siddhänäm—who are perfect (because they understand the insignificance of
bodily comforts); näräyaëa-paräyaëaù—a person who has concluded that
Näräyaëa is the Supreme; su-durlabhaù—very rarely found; praçänta—fully
pacified; ätmä—whose mind; koöiñu—out of millions and trillions; api—even;
mahä-mune—O great sage.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

näräyaëa-paräù—pure devotees, who are interested only in the service of


Näräyaëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarve—all; na—not;
kutaçcana—anywhere; bibhyati—are afraid; svarga—in the higher planetary
systems; apavarga—in liberation; narakeñu—and in hell; api—even;
tulya—equal; artha—value; darçinaù—who see.

(Lord Çiva instructs Pärvaté)

kämät—from lust; dveñät—from hatred; bhayät—from fear; snehät—from


affection; yathä—as well as; bhaktyä—by devotion; éçvare—in the Supreme;
manaù—the mind; äveçya—absorbing; tat—of that; agham—sin; hitvä—giving
up; bahavaù—many; tat—of that; gatim—path of liberation; gatäù—attained.

(Närada Muni instructs King Yudhiñöhira)

114
gopyaù—the gopés; kämät—out of lusty desires; bhayät—out of fear;
kaàsaù—King Kaàsa; dveñät—out of envy; caidya-ädayaù—Çiçupäla and
others; nåpäù—kings; sambandhät—out of kinship; våñëayaù—the Våñëis or
the Yädavas; snehät—out of affection; yüyam—you (the Päëòavas);
bhaktyä—by devotional service; vayam—we; vibho—O great King.

(Närada Muni instructs King Yudhiñöhira)

katamaù api—anyone; na—not; venaù—the atheistic King Vena; syät—would


adopt; païcänäm—of the five (previously mentioned); puruñam—the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; prati—in regard to; tasmät—therefore; kenäpi—by
any; upäyena—means; manaù—the mind; kåñëe—in Kåñëa; niveçayet—one
should fix.

(Närada Muni instructs King Yudhiñöhira)

çré prahlädaù uväca—Prahläda Mahäräja replied; tat—that; sädhu—very good,


or the best part of life; manye—I think; asura-varya—O King of the asuras;
dehinäm—of persons who have accepted the material body; sadä—always;
samudvigna—full of anxieties; dhiyäm—whose intelligence;
asat-grahät—because of accepting the temporary body or bodily relations as
real (thinking "I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is mine");
hitva—giving up; ätma-pätam—the place where spiritual culture or
self-realization is stopped; gåham—the bodily concept of life, or household life;
andha-küpam—which is nothing but a blind well (where there is no water but
one nonetheless searches for water); vanam—to the forest; gataù—going;
yat—which; harim—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; äçrayeta—may take
shelter of.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs Hiraëyakaçipu)

115
çré-prahrädaù uväca—Prahläda Mahäräja said; çravaëam—hearing;
kértanam—chanting; viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu (not anyone else);
smaraëam—remembering; päda-sevanam—serving the feet;
arcanam—offering worship (with ñoòaçopacära, the sixteen kinds of
paraphernalia); vandanam—offering prayers; däsyam—becoming the servant;
sakhyam—becoming the best friend; ätma-nivedanam—surrendering
everything, whatever one has; iti—thus; puàsä arpitä—offered by the devotee;
viñëau—unto Lord Viñëu (not to anyone else); bhaktiù—devotional service;
cet—if; nava-lakñaëä—possessing nine different processes; kriyeta—one
should perform; bhagavati—unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
addhä—directly or completely; tat—that; manye—I consider;
adhétam—learning; uttamam—topmost.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs Hiraëyakaçipu)

çré-prahrädaù uväca—Prahläda Mahäräja said; matiù—inclination; na—never;


kåñëe—unto Lord Kåñëa; parataù—from the instructions of others;
svataù—from their own understanding; vä—either; mithaù—from combined
effort; abhipadyeta—is developed; gåha-vratänäm—of persons too addicted to
the materialistic, bodily conception of life; adänta—uncontrolled; gobhiù—by
the senses; viçatäm—entering; tamisram—hellish life; punaù—again;
punaù—again; carvita—things already chewed; carvaëänäm—who are
chewing.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs Hiraëyakaçipu)

na—not; te—they; viduù—know; sva-artha-gatim—the ultimate goal of life, or


their own real interest; hi—indeed; viñëum—Lord Viñëu and His abode;
duräçayäù—being ambitious to enjoy this material world; ye—who;
bahiù—external sense objects; artha-mäninaù—considering as valuable;
andhäù—persons who are blind; yathä—just as; andhaiù—by other blind men;
upanéyamänäù—being led; te—they; api—although; éça-tantryäm—to the
ropes (laws) of material nature; uru—having very strong; dämni—cords;

116
baddhäù—bound.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs Hiraëyakaçipu)

na—not; eñäm—of these; matiù—the consciousness; tävat—that long;


urukrama-aìghrim—the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
who is famous for performing uncommon activities; spåçati—does touch;
anartha—of unwanted things; apagamaù—the disappearance; yat—of which;
arthaù—the purpose; mahéyasäm—of the great souls (the mahätmäs, or
devotees); päda-rajaù—by the dust of the lotus feet; abhiñekam—consecration;
niñkiïcanänäm—of devotees who have nothing to do with this material world;
na—not; våëéta—may accept; yävat—as long as.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs Hiraëyakaçipu)

çré-prahräda uväca—Prahläda Mahäräja said; kaumäraù—in the tender age of


childhood; äcaret—should practice; präjïaù—one who is intelligent;
dharmän—occupational duties; bhägavatän—which are devotional service to
the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iha—in this life; durlabham—very rarely
obtained; mänuñam—human; janma—birth; tat—that; api—even;
adhruvam—impermanent, temporary; artha-dam—full of meaning.

(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs his fellow students)

sukham—happiness; aindriyakam—with reference to the material senses;


daityäù—O my dear friends born in demoniac families; deha-yogena—because
of possessing a particular type of material body; dehinäm—of all embodied
living entities; sarvatra—everywhere (in any form of life); labhyate—is
obtainable; daivät—by a superior arrangement; yathä—just as;
duùkham—unhappiness; ayatnataù—without endeavor.

117
(Prahläda Mahäräja instructs his fellow students)

viprät—than a brähmaëa; dvi-ñaö-guëa-yutät—qualified with twelve


brahminical qualities*; aravinda-näbha—Lord Viñëu, who has a lotus growing
from His navel; päda-aravinda—to the lotus feet of the Lord; vimukhät—not
interested in devotional service; çva-pacam—one born in a low family, or a
dog-eater; variñöham—more glorious; manye—I consider;
tat-arpita—surrendered unto the lotus feet of the Lord; manaù—his mind;
vacana—words; éhita—every endeavor; artha—wealth; präëam—and life;
punäti—purifies; saù—he (the devotee); kulam—his family; na—not; tu—but;
bhürimänaù—one who falsely thinks himself to be in a prestigious position.
i
(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

bälasya—of a little child; na—not; iha—in this world; çaraëam—shelter


(protection); pitarau—the father and mother; nåsiàha—O my Lord
Nåsiàha-deva; na—neither; ärtasya—of a person suffering from some disease;
ca—also; agadam—medicine; udanvati—in the water of the ocean;
majjataù—of a person who is drowning; nauù—the boat; taptasya—of a person
suffering from a condition of material misery; tat-pratividhiù—the
counteraction (invented for stopping the suffering of material existence);
yaù—that which; iha—in this material world; aïjasä—very easily;
iñöaù—accepted (as a remedy); tävat—similarly; vibho—O my Lord, O
Supreme; tanu-bhåtäm—of the living entities who have accepted material
bodies; tvat-upekñitänäm—who are neglected by You and not accepted by You.

(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

ittham—in this way; nå—like a human being (such as Lord Kåñëa and Lord
Rämacandra); tiryak—like animals (such as the boar); åñi—as a great saint
(Paraçuräma); deva—as demigods; jhaña—as an aquatic (such as the fish and
tortoise); avatäraiù—by such different incarnations; lokän—all the different

118
planetary systems; vibhävayasi—You protect; haàsi—You (sometimes) kill;
jagat pratépän—persons who have simply created trouble in this world;
dharmam—the principles of religion; mahä-puruña—O great personality;
päsi—You protect; yuga-anuvåttam—according to the different millenniums;
channaù—covered; kalau—in the age of Kali; yat—since; abhavaù—have been
(and will be in the future); tri-yugaù—named Triyuga; atha—therefore;
saù—the same personality; tvam—You.

(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

na—not; eva—certainly; udvije—I am disturbed or afraid; para—O Supreme;


duratyaya—insurmountable or very difficult to cross; vaitaraëyäù—of the
Vaitaraëé, the river of the material world; tvat-vérya—of Your Lordship's
glories and activities; gäyana—from chanting or distributing; mahä-amåta—in
the great ocean of nectarean spiritual bliss; magna-cittaù—whose
consciousness is absorbed; çoce—I am simply lamenting; tataù—from that;
vimukha-cetasaù—the fools and rascals who are bereft of Kåñëa consciousness;
indriya-artha—in sense gratification; mäyä-sukhäya—for temporary, illusory
happiness; bharam—the false burden or responsibility (of maintaining one's
family, society and nation and elaborate arrangements for that purpose);
udvahataù—who are lifting (by making grand plans for this arrangement);
vimüòhän—although all of them are nothing but fools and rascals (I am
thinking of them also).

(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

präyeëa—generally, in almost all cases; deva—O my Lord; munayaù—the


great saintly persons; sva—personal, own; vimukti-kämäù—ambitious for
liberation from this material world; maunam—silently; caranti—they wander
(in places like the Himalayan forests, where they have no touch with the
activities of the materialists); vijane—in solitary places; na—not;
para-artha-niñöhäù—interested in working for others by giving them the
benefit of the Kåñëa consciousness movement, by enlightening them with

119
Kåñëa consciousness; na—not; etän—these; vihäya—leaving aside;
kåpaëän—fools and rascals (engaged in materialistic activity who do not know
the benefit of the human form of life); vimumukñe—I desire to be liberated
and to return home, back to Godhead; ekaù—alone; na—not; anyam—other;
tvat—but for You; asya—of this; çaraëam—shelter; bhramataù—of the living
entity rotating and wandering throughout the material universes;
anupaçye—do I see.

(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

yat—that which (is meant for material sense gratification);


maithuna-ädi—represented by talking of sex, reading sexual literature or
enjoying sex life (at home or outside, as in a club); gåhamedhi-sukham—all
types of material happiness based on attachment to family, society, friendship,
etc.; hi—indeed; tuccham—insignificant; kaëòüyanena—with the itching;
karayoù—of the two hands (to relieve the itching); iva—like;
duùkha-duùkham—different types of unhappiness (into which one is put after
such itching sense gratification; tåpyanti—become satisfied; na—never;
iha—in material sense gratification; kåpaëäù—the foolish persons;
bahu-duùkha-bhäjaù—subjected to various types of material unhappiness;
kaëòüti-vat—if one can learn from such itching; manasi-jam—which is simply
a mental concoction (actually there is no happiness); viñaheta—and tolerates
(such itching); dhéraù—(he can become) a most perfect, sober person.

(Prahläda Mahäräja's prayer to Lord Nåsiàha-deva)

yasya—of whom; yat—which; lakñaëam—symptom; proktam—described


(above); puàsaù—of a person; varëa-abhivyaïjakam—indicating the
classification (brähmaëa, kñatriya, vaiçya, çüdra, etc.); yat—if;
anyatra—elsewhere; api—also; dåçyeta—is seen; tat—that; tena—by that
symptom; eva—certainly; vinirdiçet—one should designate.

(Närada Muni's instructions to King Yudhiñöhira)

120
çré-näradaù uväca—Çré Närada Muni said; brahmacäré—a brahmacäré, a
student living at the residence of the guru; guru-kule—at the residence of the
guru; vasan—by living; däntaù—continuously practicing control of the senses;
guroù hitam—only for the benefit of the guru (not for one's personal benefit);
acaran—practicing; däsa-vat—very humbly, like a slave; nécaù—submissive,
obedient; gurau—unto the spiritual master; su-dåòha—firmly; sauhådaù—in
friendship or good will.

(Närada Muni's instructions to King Yudhiñöhira)

nanu—certainly; agniù—the fire; pramadä—the woman (one who bewilders


the mind of man); näma—the very name; ghåta-kumbha—a pot of butter;
samaù—like; pumän—a man; sutäm api—even one's daughter; rahaù—in a
secluded place; jahyät—one must not associate with; anyadä—with other
women also; yävat—as much as; artha-kåt—required.

(Närada Muni's instructions to King Yudhiñöhira)

saù—he (Mahäräja Ambaréña); vai—indeed; manaù—his mind;


kåñëa-pada-aravindayoù—(fixed) upon the two lotus feet of Lord Kåñëa;
vacäàsi—his words; vaikuëöha-guëa-anuvarëane—describing the glories of
Kåñëa; karau—his two hands; hareù mandira-märjana-ädiñu—in activities like
cleansing the temple of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
çrutim—his ear; cakära—engaged; acyuta—of or about Kåñëa, who never falls
down; sat-kathä-udaye—in hearing the transcendental narrations.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

mukunda-liìga-älaya-darçane—in seeing the Deity and temples and holy


dhämas of Mukunda; dåçau—his two eyes; tat-bhåtya—of the servants of

121
Kåñëa; gätra-sparçe—in touching the bodies; aìga-saìgamam—contact of his
body; ghräëam ca—and his sense of smell; tat-päda—of His lotus feet;
saroja—of the lotus flower; saurabhe—in (smelling) the fragrance;
çrémat-tulasyäù—of the tulasé leaves; rasanäm—his tongue; tat-arpite—in the
prasäda offered to the Lord.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

pädau—his two legs; hareù—of the Personality of Godhead; kñetra—holy


places like the temple or Våndävana and Dvärakä; pada-anusarpaëe—walking
to those places; çiraù—the head; håñékeça—of Kåñëa, the master of the senses;
pada-abhivandane—in offering obeisances to the lotus feet; kämam ca—and
his desires; däsye—in being engaged as a servant; na—not; tu—indeed;
käma-kämyayä—with a desire for sense gratification; yathä—as;
uttamaçloka-jana-äçrayä—if one takes shelter of a devotee such as Prahläda;
ratiù—attachment.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

sädhavaù—the pure devotees; hådayam—in the core of the heart; mahyam—of


Me; sädhünäm—of the pure devotees also; hådayam—in the core of the heart;
tu—indeed; aham—I am; mat-anyat—anything else but me; te—they;
na—not; jänanti—know; na—not; aham—I; tebhyaù—than them; manäk
api—even by a little fraction.

(Lord Viñëu instructs Durväsä Muni)

mäträ—with one's mother; svasrä—with one's sister; duhiträ—with one's own


daughter; vä—either; na—not; avivikta-äsanaù—seated closely on one seat;
bhavet—one should be; balavän—very strong; indriya-grämaù—the group of
senses; vidväàsam—the very learned and advanced person; api—even;

122
karñati—agitates.

(King Yayäti instructs Devayäné)

nivåtta—released from; tarñaiù—lust or material activities;


upagéyamänät—which is described or sung; bhava-auñadhät—which is the
right medicine for the material disease; çrotra—the process of aural reception;
manaù—the subject matter of thought for the mind; abhirämät—from the
pleasing vibrations from such glorification; kaù—who; uttamaçloka—of the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; guëa-anuvädät—from describing such
activities; pumän—a person; virajyeta—can keep himself aloof; vinä—except;
paçu-ghnät—either a butcher or one who is killing his own personal existence.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

na—not; eñä—all this; ati-duùsahä—extremely difficult to bear; kñut—hunger;


mäm—unto me; tyakta-udam—even after giving up drinking water; api—also;
bädhate—does not hinder; pibantam—while drinking;
tvat-mukha-ambhoja-cyutam—emanating from your lotus mouth;
hari-kathä-amåtam—the nectar of topics concerning Kåñëa.

(Mahäräja Parékñit to Çukadeva Gosvämé)

väsudeva-kathä-praçnaù—questions about the pastimes and characteristics of


Väsudeva, Kåñëa; puruñän—persons; trén—three; punäti—purify; hi—indeed;
vaktäram—the speaker, such as Çukadeva Gosvämé; pracchakam—and an
inquisitive hearer like Mahäräja Parékñit; çrotèn—and, between them, the
listeners hearing about the topics; tat-päda-salilam yathä—exactly as the
entire world is purified by the Ganges water emanating from the toe of Lord
Viñëu.

123
(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

tvayi—in You; ambhuja-akña—O lotus-eyed Lord; akhila-sattva-dhämni—who


are the original cause of all existence, from whom everything emanates and in
whom all potencies reside; samädhinä—by constant meditation and complete
absorption (in thoughts of You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead);
äveçita—fully absorbed, fully engaged; cetasä—but by such a mentality;
eke—the one process of always thinking of Your lotus feet;
tvat-päda-potena—by boarding such a boat as Your lotus feet;
mahat-kåtena—by that action which is considered the most powerful original
existence or which is executed by mahäjanas; kurvanti—they make;
govatsa-padam—like the hoofprint of a calf; bhava-abdhim—the great ocean of
nescience.

(prayers by the demigods for Lord Kåñëa in Devaké's womb)

ye anye—anyone, or all others; aravinda-akña—O lotus-eyed one;


vimukta-mäninaù—falsely considering themselves free from the bondage of
material contamination; tvayi—unto You; asta-bhävät—speculating in various
ways but not knowing or desiring more information of Your lotus feet;
aviçuddha-buddhayaù—whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not
know the goal of life; äruhya—even though achieving; kåcchreëa—by
undergoing severe austerities, penances and hard labor; param padam—the
highest position (according to their imagination and speculation); tataù—from
that position; patanti—they fall; adhaù—down into material existence again;
anädåta—neglecting devotion to; yuñmat—Your; aìghrayaù—lotus feet.

(prayers by the demigods for Lord Kåñëa in Devaké's womb)

na—not; näma-rüpe—the name and form; guëa—with attributes;


janma—appearance; karmabhiù—activities or pastimes; nirüpitavye—are not
able to be ascertained; tava—Your; tasya—of Him; säkñiëaù—who is the direct

124
observer; manaù—of the mind; vacobhyäm—words; anumeya—hypothesis;
vartmanaù—the path; deva—O Lord; kriyäyäm—in devotional activities;
pratiyanti—they realize; atha api—still; hi—indeed (You can be realized by the
devotees).

(prayers by the demigods for Lord Kåñëa in the womb)

çåëvan—constantly hearing about the Lord (çravaëaà kértanaà viñëoù);


gåëan—chanting or reciting (the holy name of the Lord and His activities);
saàsmarayan—remembering (constantly thinking of the Lord's lotus feet and
His form); ca—and; cintayan—contemplating (the transcendental activities of
the Lord); nämäni—His transcendental names; rüpäëi—His transcendental
forms; ca—also; maìgaläni—which are all transcendental and therefore
auspicious; te—of Your Lordship; kriyäsu—in being engaged in the devotional
service; yaù—he who; tvat-caraëa-aravindayoù—at Your lotus feet;
äviñöa-cetäù—the devotee who is completely absorbed (in such activities);
na—not; bhaväya—for the material platform; kalpate—is fit.

(prayers by the demigods for Lord Kåñëa in Devaké's womb)

mahat-vicalanam—the movement of great personalities; nèëäm—in the houses


of ordinary persons; gåhiëäm—especially householders; déna-cetasäm—who are
very simple-minded, being engaged in family maintenance and nothing more.

(Nanda Mahäräja to Gargamuni)

äsan—were assumed; varëäù trayaù—three colors; hi—indeed; asya—of your


son Kåñëa; gåhëataù—accepting; anuyugam tanüù—transcendental bodies
according to the different yugas; çuklaù—sometimes white; raktaù—sometimes
red; tathä—as well as; pétaù—sometimes yellow; idäném kåñëatäm gataù—at the
present moment He has assumed a blackish color.

125
(Gargamuni to Nanda Mahäräja)

çré-räjä uväca—Mahäräja Parékñit further inquired (from Çukadeva Gosvämé);


nandaù—Mahäräja Nanda; kim—what; akarot—performed; brahman—O
learned brähmaëa; çreyaù—auspicious activities, like performing penances and
austerities; evam—as exhibited by him; mahä-udayam—from which they
achieved the greatest perfection; yaçodä—Mother Yaçodä; ca—also;
mahä-bhägä—most fortunate; papau—drank; yasyäù—of whom; stanam—the
breast milk; hariù—the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

na—not; ayam—this; sukha-äpaù—very easily obtainable, or an object of


happiness; bhagavän—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehinäm—of
persons in the bodily concept of life, especially the karmés;
gopikä-sutaù—Kåñëa, the son of Mother Yaçodä (Kåñëa as the son of Vasudeva
is called Väsudeva, and as the son of Mother Yaçodä He is known as Kåñëa);
jïäninäm ca—and of the jïänés, who try to be free from material
contamination; ätma-bhütänäm—of self-sufficient yogés; yathä—as;
bhakti-matäm—of the devotees; iha—in this world.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

ittham—in this way; satäm—of the transcendentalists;


brahma-sukha-anubhütyä—with Kåñëa, the source of brahma-sukha (Kåñëa is
Para-brahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence);
däsyam—servitorship; gatänäm—of the devotees who have accepted;
para-daivatena—with the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
mäyä-äçritänäm—for those in the clutches of material energy;
nara-därakeëa—with Him who is like an ordinary child; säkam—along with;
vijahruù—enjoyed; kåta-puëya-puïjäù—all these boys, who had accumulated
the results of life after life of pious activities.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit.

126
This translation is from Cc. Antya 7.32)

jïäne—for knowledge; prayäsam—the endeavor; udapäsya—giving up


completely; namantaù—offering obeisances; eva—simply; jévanti—live;
sat-mukharitäm—chanted by the pure devotees; bhavadéya-värtäm—topics
related to You; sthäne—in their material position; sthitäù—remaining;
çruti-gatäm—received by hearing; tanu—with their body; väk—words;
manobhiù—and mind; ye—who; präyaçaù—for the most part; ajita—O
unconquerable one; jitaù—conquered; api—nevertheless; asi—You become;
taiù—by them; tri-lokyäm—within the three worlds.

(Lord Brahmä's prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

çreyaù—of supreme benefit; såtim—the path; bhaktim—devotional service;


udasya—rejecting; te—they; vibho—O almighty Lord; kliçyanti—struggle;
ye—who; kevala—exclusive; bodha—of knowledge; labdhaye—for the
achievement; teñäm—for them; asau—this; kleçalaù—botheration;
eva—merely; çiñyate—remains; na—nothing; anyat—other; yathä—just as;
sthüla-tuña—empty husks; avaghätinäm—for those who are beating.

(Lord Brahmä's prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

tat—therefore; te—Your; anukampäm—compassion;


su-samékñamäëaù—earnestly hoping for; bhuïjänaù—enduring;
eva—certainly; ätma-kåtam—done by himself; vipäkam—fruitive results;
håt—with his heart; väk—words; vapurbhiù—and body; vidadhan—offering;
namaù—obeisances; te—unto You; jéveta—lives; yaù—anyone who;
mukti-pade—to the position of liberation; saù—he; däya-bhäk—the rightful
heir.

(Lord Brahmä's prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

127
atha—therefore; api—indeed; te—Your; deva—my Lord;
pada-ambuja-dvaya—of the two lotus feet; prasäda—of the mercy; leça—by
only a trace; anugåhétaù—favored; eva—certainly; hi—indeed; jänäti—one
knows; tattvam—the truth; bhagavat—of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; mahimnaù—of the greatness; na—never; ca—and; anyaù—another;
ekaù—one; api—although; ciram—for a long period; vicinvan—speculating.

(Lord Brahmä's prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

samäçritäù—having taken shelter; ye—those who; pada—of the feet;


pallava—like flower buds; plavam—which are a boat; mahat—of the total
material creation, or of the great souls; padam—the shelter; puëya—supremely
pious; yaçaù—whose fame; mura-areù—of the enemy of the demon Mura;
bhava—of the material existence; ambudhiù—the ocean; vatsa-padam—the
hoof-print of a calf; param padam—the supreme abode, Vaikuëöha; padam
padam—at every step; yat—where; vipadäm—of material miseries; na—none;
teñäm—for them.

(Lord Brahmä's prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

etävat—up to this; janma—of birth; säphalyam—perfection; dehinäm—of


every living being; iha—in this world; dehiñu—toward those who are
embodied; präëaiù—by life; arthaiù—by wealth; dhiyä—by intelligence;
väcä—by words; çreyaù—eternal good fortune; äcaraëam—acting practically;
sadä—always.

(Lord Kåñëa speaking to His cowherd boyfriends)

kämam—lust; krodham—anger; bhayam—fear; sneham—loving affection;


aikyam—unity; sauhådam—friendship; eva ca—also; nityam—always;

128
harau—for Lord Hari; vidadhataù—exhibiting; yänti—they achieve;
tat-mayatäm—absorption in Him; hi—indeed; te—such persons.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

tava—Your; kathä-amåtam—the nectar of words; tapta-jévanam—life for those


aggrieved in the material world; kavibhiù—by great thinkers;
éòitam—described; kalmaña-apaham—that which drives away sinful reactions;
çravaëa-maìgalam—giving spiritual benefit when heard; çré-mat—filled with
spiritual power; ätatam—broadcast all over the world; bhuvi—in the material
world; gåëanti—chant and spread; ye—those who; bhüri-däù—most
beneficent; janäù—persons.

(The gopés' prayers to Lord Kåñëa)

çré-çukaù uväca—Çré Çukadeva Gosvämé said; dharma-vyatikramaù—the


transgression of religious or moral principles; dåñöaù—seen; éçvaräëäm—of
powerful controllers; ca—even; sähasam—due to audacity; tejéyasäm—who are
spiritually potent; na—does not; doñäya—(lead) to any fault; vahneù—of fire;
sarva—everything; bhujaù—devouring; yathä—as.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

vikréòitam—the sporting; vraja-vadhübhiù—with the young women of


Våndävana; idam—this; ca—and; viñëoù—by Lord Viñëu;
çraddhä-anvitaù—faithfully; anuçåëuyät—hears; atha—or;
varëayet—describes; yaù—who; bhaktim—devotional service;
paräm—transcendental; bhagavati—unto the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; pratilabhya—obtaining; kämam—material lust; håt—in the heart;
rogam—the disease; äçu—quickly; apahinoti—he drives away;
acireëa—without delay; dhéraù—sober.

129
(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

yasya—whose; aìghri—of the feet; paìkaja—lotus; rajaù—with the dust;


snapanam—bathing; mahäntaù—great souls; väïchanti—hanker after;
umä-patiù—Lord Çiva, husband of Goddess Umä; iva—just as; ätma—their
own; tamaù—of the ignorance; apahatyai—to vanquish; yarhi—when;
ambuja-akña—O lotus-eyed one; na labheya—I cannot obtain; bhavat—Your;
prasädam—mercy; jahyäm—I should give up; asün—my life airs; vrata—by
austere penances; kåçän—weakened; çata—hundreds; janmabhiù—after
lifetimes; syät—it may be.

(Rukmiëé's letter to Lord Kåñëa)

kva—who am; aham—I; daridraù—poor; päpéyän—sinful; kva—who is;


kåñëaù—Kåñëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; çré-niketanaù—the
transcendental form of all opulence; brahma-bandhuù—the friend of a
brähmaëa, not fit even to be called a brähmaëa; iti—thus; sma—certainly;
aham—I; bähubhyäm—by the arms; parirambhitaù—embraced.

(Sudämä Brähmaëa's thought while returning from Dvärakä)

mayi—to Me; bhaktiù—devotional service; hi—indeed; bhütänäm—for living


beings; amåtatväya—to immortality; kalpate—leads; diñöyä—by good fortune;
yat—which; äsét—has developed; mat—for Me; snehaù—the love;
bhavaténäm—on the part of your good selves; mat—Me; äpanaù—which is the
cause of obtaining.

(Lord Kåñëa's instructions to the gopés)

ähuù—the gopés said; ca—and; te—Your; nalina-näbha—O Lord, whose navel

130
is just like a lotus flower; pada-aravindam—lotus feet; yoga-éçvaraiù—by the
great mystic yogis; hådi—within the heart; vicintyam—to be meditated upon;
agädha-bodhaiù—who were highly learned philosophers; saàsära-küpa—the
dark well of material existence; patita—of those fallen; uttaraëa—of
deliverers; avalambam—the only shelter; geham—family affairs; juñäm—of
those engaged; api—though; manasi—in the minds; udiyät—let be awakened;
sadä—always; naù—our.

(The gopés speaking to Lord Kåñëa at the Kurukñetra solar eclipse)

yasya—whose; ätma—as his self; buddhiù—idea; kuëape—in a corpse-like


body; tri-dhätuke—made of three basic elements (mucus, bile and air); sva—as
his own; dhéù—idea; kalatra-ädiñu—in wife and so on; bhauma—the place of
his birth; ijya—as worshipable; dhéù—idea; yat—whose; tértha—as a place of
pilgrimage; buddhiù—idea; salile—in water; na karhicit—never; janeñu—in
men; abhijïeñu—wise; saù—he; eva—indeed; gaù—a cow; kharaù—or an ass.

(Lord Kåñëa speaks at the Kurukñetra solar eclipse)

çré-bhagavän uväca—the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yasya—whom;


aham—I; anugåhëämi—favor; hariñye—I will take away; tat—his;
dhanam—wealth; çanaiù—gradually; tataù—then; adhanam—poor;
tyajanti—abandon; asya—his; sva-janäù—relatives and friends;
duùkha-duùkhitam—who suffers one distress after another.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs King Yudhiñöhira)

jayati—eternally lives gloriously; jana-niväsaù—He who lives among human


beings like the members of the Yadu dynasty and is the ultimate resort of all
living entities; devaké-janma-vädaù—known as the son of Devaké (No one can
actually become the father or mother of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

131
Therefore devaké-janma-väda means that He is known as the son of Devaké.
Similarly, He is also known as the son of Mother Yaçodä, Vasudeva and Nanda
Mahäräja.); yadu-vara-pariñat—served by the members of the Yadu dynasty or
the cowherd men of Våndävana (all of whom are constant associates of the
Supreme Lord and are the Lord's eternal servants); svaiù dorbhiù—by His own
arms, or by His devotees like Arjuna who are just like His own arms;
asyan—killing; adhamam—demons or the impious;
stira-cara-våjina-ghnaù—the destroyer of all the ill fortune of all living
entities, moving and not moving; su-smita—always smiling; çré-mukhena—by
His beautiful face; vraja-pura-vanitänäm—of the damsels of Våndävana;
vardhayan—increasing; käma-devam—the lusty desires.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

bhayam—fear; dvitéya—in something seeming to be other than the Lord;


abhiniveçataù—because of absorption; syät—it will arise; éçät—from the
Supreme Lord; apetasya—for one who has turned away;
viparyayaù—misidentification; asmåtiù—forgetfulness; tat—of the Lord;
mäyayä—by the illusory energy; ataù—therefore; budhaù—an intelligent
person; äbhajet—should worship fully; tam—Him; bhaktyä—with devotion;
ekayä—unalloyed; éçam—the Lord; guru-devatä-ätmä—one who sees his own
spiritual master as his Lord and very soul.

(Kavi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

evam-vrataù—when one thus engages in the vow to chant and dance;


sva—own; priya—very dear; näma—holy name; kértyä—by chanting; jäta—in
this way develops; anurägaù—attachment; druta-cittaù—with a melted heart;
uccaiù—loudly; hasati—laughs; atho—also; roditi—cries; rauti—becomes
agitated; gäyati—chants; unmäda-vat—like a madman; nåtyati—dancing;
loka-bähyaù—without caring for outsiders.

(Kavi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

132
bhaktiù—devotion; para-éça—of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
anubhavaù—direct perception; viraktiù—detachment; anyatra—from
everything else; ca—and; eñaù—this; trikaù—group of three;
eka-kälaù—simultaneously; prapadyamänasya—for one in the process of
taking shelter of the Supreme Lord; yathä—in the same way as; açnataù—for
one engaged in eating; syuù—they occur; tuñöiù—satisfaction;
puñöiù—nourishment; kñut-apäyaù—eradication of hunger;
anu-ghäsam—increasingly with each morsel.

(Kavi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

çré-haviù uväca—Çré Havis said; sarva-bhüteñu—in all objects (in matter, spirit,
and combinations of matter and spirit); yaù—anyone who; paçyet—sees;
bhagavat-bhävam—the ability to be engaged in the service of the Lord;
ätmanaù—of the supreme spirit soul, or the transcendence beyond the
material concept of life; bhütäni—all beings; bhagavati—in the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; ätmani—the basic principle of all existence;
eñaù—this; bhägavata-uttamaù—a person advanced in devotional service.

(Havi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

éçvare—unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-adhéneñu—to persons


who have taken fully to Kåñëa consciousness; bäliçeñu—unto the neophytes or
the ignorant; dviñatsu—to persons envious of Kåñëa and Kåñëa's devotees;
ca—and; prema—love; maitré—friendship; kåpä—mercy;
upekñäù—negligence; yaù—anyone who; karoti—does; saù—he;
madhyamaù—a second-class devotee.

(Havi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

133
arcäyäm—Deity; eva—certainly; haraye—to Lord Hari; püjäm—worship;
yaù—who; çraddhayä—faithfully; éhate—engages; na—not; tat—of Kåñëa;
bhakteñu—toward the devotees; ca—and; anyeñu—toward people in general;
saù—he; bhaktaù präkåtaù—materialistic devotee; småtaù—is called.

(Havi Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

tasmät—therefore; gurum—a spiritual master; prapadyeta—one should take


shelter of; jijïäsuù—being inquisitive; çreyaù uttamam—about the highest
good; çäbde—in the Vedas; pare—in the Supreme; ca—and;
niñëätam—perfectly knowledgeable; brahmaëi—(in these two aspects) of the
Absolute Truth; upaçama-äçrayam—fixed in detachment from material affairs.

(Prabuddha Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

mukha—face; bähu—arms; üru—thighs; pädebhyaù—from the feet;


puruñasya—of the Supreme Lord; äçramaiù—the four spiritual orders;
saha—with; catväraù—the four; jajïire—were born; varëäù—the social
orders; guëaiù—by the modes of nature; vipra-ädayaù—headed by the
brähmaëas; påthak—various.

(Çré Camasa Muni instructs King Nimi)

yaù—one who; eñäm—of them; puruñaà—the Supreme Lord;


säkñät—directly; ätma-prabhavam—the source of their own creation;
éçvaram—the supreme controller; na—do not; bhajanti—worship;
avajänanti—disrespect; sthänät—from their position; bhrañöäù—fallen;
patanti—they fall; adhaù—down.

(Çré Camasa Muni instructs King Nimi)

134
loke—in the material world; vyaväya—sex indulgence; ämiña—of meat;
madya—and liquor; seväù—the taking; nityäù—always found; hi—indeed;
jantoù—in the conditioned living being; na—not; hi—indeed; tatra—in
regard to them; codanä—any command of scripture; vyavasthitiù—the
prescribed arrangement; teñu—in these; viväha—by sacred marriage;
yajïa—the offering of sacrifice; surä-grahaiù—and the acceptance of ritual
cups of wine; äsu—of these; nivåttiù—cessation; iñöä—is the desired end.

(Camasa Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

kåñëa-varëam—repeating the syllables kåñ-ëa; tviñä—with a luster;


akåñëam—not black (golden); sa-aìga—along with associates;
upa-aìga—servitors; ästra—weapons; pärñadam—confidential companions;
yajïaiù—by sacrifice; saìkértana-präyaiù—consisting chiefly of congregational
chanting; yajanti—they worship; hi—certainly; su-medhasaù—intelligent
persons.

(Karabhäjana Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

dhyeyam—fit to be meditated upon; sadä—always; paribhava—the insults of


material existence; ghnam—which destroy; abhéñöa—the true desire of the
soul; doham—which amply reward; tértha—of all the holy places and great
saintly personalities; äspadam—the abode; çiva-viriïci—by the greatest of
demigods, Lord Çiva and Brahmä; nutam—which are bowed down to;
çaraëyam—most worthy of taking shelter of; bhåtya—of Your servants;
ärti-ham—which relieve the distress; praëata-päla—O protector of all who
simply offer respects to You; bhava-abdhi—of the ocean of birth and death;
potam—which are a suitable boat (for crossing); vande—I offer my homage;
mahä-puruña—O Lord Mahäprabhu; te—to Your; caraëa-aravindam—lotus
feet.

(Karabhäjana Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

135
tyakvä—abandoning; su-dustyaja—most difficult to give up;
sura-épsita—anxiously desired by the demigods; räjya-lakñmém—the goddess of
fortune and her opulence; dharmiñöhaù—most perfectly fixed in religiousness;
ärya-vacasä—according to the words of a brähmaëa (who had cursed Him to
be deprived of all the happiness of family life); yat—He who; agät—went;
araëyam—to the forest (taking to the renounced order of life);
mäyä-mågam—the conditioned soul, who is always searching out illusory
enjoyment; dayitayä—out of sheer mercy; épsitam—His desired object;
anvadhävat—running after; vande—I offer my homage; mahä-puruña—O Lord
Mahäprabhu; te—to Your; caraëa-aravindam—lotus feet.

(Karabhäjana Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

kalim—the age of Kali; sabhäjayanti—they praise; äryäù—progressive souls;


guëa-jïäù—who know the true value (of the age); sära-bhaginaù—who are
able to pick out the essence; yatra—in which; saìkértanena—by the
congregational chanting of the holy names of the Supreme Lord; eva—merely;
sarva—all; sva-arthaù—desired goals; abhilabhyate—are attained.

(Çré Karabhäjana Muni instructs King Nimi)

deva—of the demigods; åñi—of the sages; bhüta—of ordinary living entities;
äpta—of friends and relatives; nåëäm—of ordinary men; pitèëäm—of the
forefathers; na—not; kiìkaraù—the servant; na—nor; ayam—this one;
åëé—debtor; ca—also; räjan—O King; sarva-ätmanä—with his whole being;
yaù—a person who; çaraëam—shelter; çaraëyam—the Supreme Personality of
Godhead, who affords shelter to all; gataù—approached;
mukundam—Mukunda; parihåtya—giving up; kartam—duties.

(Karabhäjana Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

136
sva-päda-mülam—the lotus feet of Kåñëa, the shelter of the devotees;
bhajataù—who is engaged in worshiping; priyasya—who is very dear to Kåñëa;
tyakta—given up; anya—for others; bhävasya—of one whose disposition or
inclination; hariù—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; para-içaù—the
Supreme Lord; vikarma—sinful activities; yat—whatever; ca—and;
utpatitam—occurred; kathaïcit—somehow; dhunoti—removes; sarvam—all;
hådi—in the heart; sanniviñöaù—entered.

(Karabhäjana Yogendra instructs King Nimi)

labdhvä—having obtained; su-durlabham—that which is very difficult to


obtain; idam—this; bahu—many; sambhava—births; ante—after;
mänuñyam—human form of life; artha-dam—which awards great value;
anityam—not eternal; api—although; iha—in this material world;
dhéraù—one who has sober intelligence; türëäm—immediately; yateta—should
endeavor; na—not; patet—has fallen; anu-måtyu—always subject to death;
yävat—as long as; niùçreyasäya—for ultimate liberation; viñayaù—sense
gratification; khalu—always; sarvataù—in all conditions; syät—is possible.

(the Avadhüta brähmaëa instructs King Yadu)

çabda-brahmaëi—in the Vedic literature; niñëätaù—expert through complete


study; na niñëäyät—does not absorb the mind; pare—in the Supreme; yadi—if;
çramaù—labor; tasya—his; çrama—of great endeavor; phalaù—the fruit;
hi—certainly; adhenum—a cow that gives no milk; iva—like; rakñataù—of one
who is taking care of.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

na—not; sädhayati—brings under control; mäm—Me; yogaù—the yoga


system; na—nor; säìkhyam—the system of Säìkhya philosophy;

137
dharmaù—pious activities within the varëäçrama system; uddhava—My dear
Uddhava; na—not; svädhyäyaù—Vedic study; tapaù—austerity;
tyägaù—renunciation; yathä—as; bhaktiù—devotional service; mama—unto
Me; ürjitä—strongly developed.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

bhaktyä—by devotional service; aham—I; ekayä—unalloyed; grähyaù—am to


be obtained; çraddhayä—by faith; ätmä—the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; priyaù—the object of love; satäm—of the devotees; bhaktiù—pure
devotional service; punäti—purifies; mat-niñöhä—fixing Me as the only goal;
çva-päkän—dog-eaters; api—even; sambhavät—from the contamination of
low birth.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

äcäryam—the spiritual master; mäm—Myself; vijänéyät—one should know; na


avamanyeta—one should never disrespect; karhicit—at any time; na—never;
martya—buddhyä—with the idea of his being an ordinary man; asüyeta—one
should be envious; sarva-deva—of all demigods; mayaù—representative;
guruù—the spiritual master.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

çrutiù—Vedic knowledge; pratyakñam—direct experience;


aitihyam—traditional wisdom; anumänam—logical induction;
catuñöayam—four-fold; pramäëesu—among all types of evidence;
anavasthänät—due to the flickering nature; vikalpät—from material diversity;
saù—a person; virajyate—becomes detached.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

138
mat—My; bhakta—of the devotees; püjä—worship; abhyadhikä—preeminent.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

tävat—up to that time; karmäëi—fruitive activities; kurvéta—one should


execute; na nirvidyeta—is not satiated; yävatä—as long as; mat-kathä—of
discourses about Me; çravaëa-ädau—in the matter of çravaëam, kértanam and
so on; vä—or; çraddhä—faith; yävat—as long as; na—not; jäyate—is
awakened.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

nå—human; deham—body; ädyam—the source of all favorable results;


su-labham—effortlessly obtained; su-durlabham—although impossible to
obtain even with great endeavor; plavam—a boat; su-kalpam—extremely well
suited for its purpose; guru—having the spiritual master; karëa-dhäram—as
the captain of the boat; mayä—by Me; anukülena—with favorable;
nabhasvatä—winds; éritam—impelled; pumän—a person; bhava—of material
existence; abdhim—the ocean; na—does not; taret—cross over; saù—he;
ätma-hä—the killer of his own soul.

(Lord Kåñëa instructs Uddhava)

etäm—this; saù—such; ästhäya—becoming completely fixed in;


para-ätma-niñöhäm—devotion to the Supreme Person, Kåñëa;
adhyäsitäm—worshiped; pürva-tamaiù—by previous; mahä-åñibhiù—äcäryas;
aham—I; tariñyämi—shall cross over; duranta-päram—the insurmountable;
tamaù—the ocean of nescience; mukunda-aìghri—of the lotus feet of
Mukunda; niñevayä—by worship; eva—certainly.

139
(the Avanté brähmaëa)

na eva—not at all; upayanti—are able to express; apacitim—their gratitude;


kavayaù—learned devotees; tava—Your; éça—O Lord; brahma-äyuñä—with a
lifetime equal to Lord Brahmä's; api—in spite of; kåtam—magnanimous work;
åddha—increased; mudaù—joy; smarantaù—remembering; yaù—who;
antaù—within; bahiù—outside; tanu-bhåtäm—of those who are embodied;
açubham—misfortune; vidhunvan—dissipating; äcärya—of the spiritual
master; caittya—of the Supersoul; vapuñä—by the forms; sva—own;
gatim—path; vyanakti—shows.

(Uddhava to Lord Kåñëa)

asaàskåtäù—not purified by Vedic rituals; kriyä-hénäù—devoid of regulative


principles; rajasä—by the mode of passion; tamasä—and by the mode of
ignorance; avåtäù—covered over; prajäù—the citizens; te—they;
bhakñayiñyanti—will virtually devour; mlecchäù—outcastes;
räjanya-rüpiëaù—appearing as kings.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

çré-çukaù uväca—Çukadeva Gosvämé said; tataù—then; ca—and;


anu-dinam—day after day; dharmaù—religion; satyam—truth;
çaucam—cleanliness; kñamä—tolerance; dayä—mercy; kälena—by the force
of time; balinä—strong; räjan—O King Parékñit; naìkñyati—will become
ruined; äyuù—duration of life; balam—strength; småtiù—memory.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

däm-patye—in the relationship of husband and wife; abhiruciù—superficial

140
attraction; hetuù—the reason; mäyä—deceit; eva—indeed; vyävahärike—in
business; strétve—in being a woman; puàstve—in being a man; ca—and;
hi—indeed; ratiù—sex; vipratve—in being a brähmaëa; sütram—the sacred
thread; eva—only; hi—indeed.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

liìgam—the external symbol; eva—merely; äçrama-khyätau—in knowing a


person's spiritual order; anyonya—mutual; äpatti—of exchange; käraëam—the
cause; avåttyä—by lack of livelihood; nyäya—in credibility; daurbalyam—the
weakness; päëòitye—in scholarship; cäpalam—tricky; vacaù—words.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

anäòhyatä—poverty; eva—simply; asädhutve—in one's being unholy;


sädhutve—in virtue, or success; dambhaù—hypocrisy; eva—alone; tu—and;
své-käraù—verbal acceptance; eva—alone; ca—and; udvähe—in marriage;
snänam—bathing with water; eva—alone; prasädhanam—cleaning and
decorating of the body.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

düre—situated far away; väri—of water; ayanam—a reservoir; tértham—holy


place; lävaëyam—beauty; keça—hair; dhäraëam—carrying;
udaram-bharatä—filling the belly; sva-arthaù—the goal of life; satyatve—in
so-called truth; dhärñöyam—audacity; eva—simply; hi—indeed;
däkñyam—expertise; kuöumba-bharaëam—maintaining a family; yaçaù—fame;
arthe—for the sake of; dharma-sevanam—observance of religious principles.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

141
prajäù—the citizens; hi—indeed; lubdhaiù—avaricious; räjanyaiù—by the
royal order; nirghåëaiù—merciless; dasyu—of ordinary thieves;
dharmabhiù—acting according to the nature; äcchinna—taken away;
dära—their wives; draviëäù—and property; yäsyanti—they will go; giri—to
the mountains; känanam—and forests.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

çäka—leaves; müla—roots; ämiña—meat; kñaudra—wild honey; phala—fruits;


puñpa—flowers; añöi—and seeds; bhojanäù—eating; anävåñöyä—because of
drought; vinaìkñyanti—they will become ruined; durbhikña—by famine;
kara—and taxation; péòitäù—tormented.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

dasyu-präyeñu—mostly thieves; räjasu—the kings.

kaleù—of the age of Kali; doña-nidheù—in the ocean of faults; räjan—O King;
asti—there is; hi—certainly; ekaù—one; mahän—very great; guëaù—good
quality; kértanät—by chanting; eva—certainly; kåñëasya—of the holy name of
Kåñëa; mukta-saìgaù—liberated from material bondage; param—to the
transcendental spiritual kingdom; vrajet—one can go.

(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

kåte—in the Satya-yuga; yat—which; dhyäyataù—from meditation;


viñëum—on Lord Viñëu; tretäyäm—in the Tretä-yuga; yajataù—from
worshiping; makhaiù—by performing sacrifices; dväpare—in the age of
Dväpara; paricaryäyäm—by worshiping the lotus feet of Kåñëa; kalau—in the
age of Kali; tat—that same result (can be achieved); hari-kértanät—simply by
chanting the Hare Kåñëa mahä-mantra.

142
(Çukadeva Gosvämé instructs Mahäräja Parékñit)

sütaù uväca—Süta Gosvämé said; yam—whom; brahmä—Lord Brahmä;


varuëa-indra-rudra-marutaù—as well as Varuëa, Indra, Rudra and the Maruts;
stunvanti—praise; divyaiù—with transcendental; stavaiù—prayers;
vedaiù—with the Vedas; sa—along with; aìga—the corollary branches;
pada-krama—the special sequential arrangements of mantras;
upaniñadaiù—and the Upaniñads; gäyati—they sing about; yam—whom;
säma-gäù—the singers of the Säma Veda; dhyäna—in meditative trance;
avasthita—situated; tat-gatena—which is fixed upon Him; manasä—within
the mind; paçyanti—they see; yam—whom; yoginaù—the mystic yogés;
yasya—whose; antam—end; na viduù—they do not know;
sura-asura-gaëäù—all the demigods and demons; deväya—to the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; tasmai—to Him; namaù—obeisances.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

sarva-vedänta—of all Vedänta philosophy; säram—the essence; hi—certainly;


çré-bhägavatam—Çrémad-Bhägavatam; iñyate—is said to be; tat—of it;
rasa-amåta—by the nectarean taste; tåptasya—for one who is satisfied;
na—not; anyatra—elsewhere; syät—there is; ratiù—attraction; kvacit—ever.

(Süta Gosvämé)

nimna-gänäm—of rivers flowing down to the sea; yathä—as; gaìgä—the


Ganges; devänäm—of all deities; acyutaù—the infallible Supreme Personality
of Godhead; yathä—as; vaiñëavänäm—of devotees of Lord Viñëu; yathä—as;
çambhuù—Çiva; puräëänäm—of Puräëas; idam—this; tathä—similarly.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

143
çrémat-bhägavatam-Çrémad-Bhägavatam; puräëam—the Puräëa;
amalam—perfectly pure; yat—which; vaiñëavänäm—to the Vaiñëavas;
priyam—most dear; yasmin—in which; päramahaàsyam—attainable by the
topmost devotees; ekam—exclusive; amalam—perfectly pure;
jïänam—knowledge; param—supreme; géyate—is sung; tatra—there;
jïäna-viräga-bhakti-sahitam—together with knowledge, renunciation and
devotion; naiñkarmyam—freedom from all material work; äviñkåtam—is
revealed; tat—that; çåëvan—hearing; su-paöhan—properly chanting;
vicäraëa-paraù—who is serious about understanding; bhaktyä—with devotion;
vimucyet—becomes totally liberated; naraù—a person.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

näma-saìkértanam—the congregational chanting of the holy name; yasya—of


whom; sarva-päpa—all sins; praëäçanam—which destroys; praëämaù—the
bowing down; duùkha—misery; çamanaù—which subdues; tam—to Him;
namämi—I offer my obeisances; harim—to Lord Hari; param—the Supreme.

(Süta Gosvämé instructs the sages of Naimiñäraëya)

Selected Verses from Caitanya-caritämåta

vande—I offer respectful obeisances; gurün—unto the spiritual masters;


éça-bhaktän—unto the devotees of the Supreme Lord; éçam—unto the
Supreme Lord; éça-avatärakän—unto the incarnations of the Supreme Lord;
tat—of the Supreme Lord; prakäçän—unto the manifestations; ca—and;
tat—of the Supreme Lord; çaktéù—unto the potencies; kåñëa-caitanya—Çré
Kåñëa Caitanya; saàjïakam—named.

vande—I offer respectful obeisances; çré-kåñëa-caitanya—to Lord Çré Kåñëa


Caitanya; nityänandau—and to Lord Nityänanda;
saha-uditau—simultaneously arisen; gauòa-udaye—on the eastern horizon of

144
Gauòa; puñpavantau—the sun and moon together; citrau—wonderful;
çam-dau—bestowing benediction; tamaù-nudau—dissipating darkness.

yat—that which; advaitam—nondual; brahma—the impersonal Brahman;


upaniñadi—in the Upaniñads; tat—that; api—certainly; asya—His;
tanu-bhä—the effulgence of His transcendental body; yaù—who; ätmä—the
Supersoul; antaryämé—indwelling Lord; puruñaù—supreme enjoyer; iti—thus;
saù—He; asya—His; aàça-vibhavaù—plenary expansion; ñaö-aiçvaryaiù—with
all six opulences; pürëaù—full; yaù—who; iha—here; bhagavän—the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; saù—He; svayam—Himself; ayam—this; na—not;
caitanyät—than Lord Caitanya; kåñëät—than Lord Kåñëa; jagati—in the
world; para—higher; tattvam—truth; param—another; iha—here.

anarpita—not bestowed; carém—having been formerly; cirät—for a long time;


karuëayä—by causeless mercy; avatérëaù—descended; kalau—in the age of
Kali; samarpayitum—to bestow; unnata—elevated; ujjvala-rasäm—the
conjugal mellow; sva-bhakti—of His own service; çriyam—the treasure;
hariù—the Supreme Lord; puraöa—than gold; sundara—more beautiful;
dyuti—of splendor; kadamba—with a multitude; sandépitaù—lighted up;
sadä—always; hådaya-kandare—in the cavity of the heart; sphuratu—let Him
be manifest; vaù—your; çacé-nandanaù—the son of mother Çacé.

rädhä—Çrématé Rädhäräëé; kåñëa—of Lord Kåñëa; praëaya—of love;


vikåtiù—the transformation; hlädiné çaktiù—pleasure potency; asmät—from
this; eka-ätmänäu—both the same in identity; api—although; bhuvi—on
earth; purä—from beginningless time; deha-bhedam—separate forms;
gatau—obtained; tau—those two; caitanya-akhyam—known as Çré Caitanya;
prakaöam—manifest; adhunä—now; tat-dvayam—the two of Them; ca—and;
aikyam—unity; äptam—obtained; rädhä—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé;
bhäva—mood; dyuti—the luster; suvalitam—who is adorned with; naumi—I
offer my obeisances; kåñëa-svarüpam—to Him who is identical with Çré Kåñëa.

çré-rädhäyäù—of Çrématé Rädhäräëé; praëaya-mahimä—the greatness of the


love; kédåçaù—of what kind; vä—or; anayä—by this one (Rädhä); eva—alone;

145
asvädyaù—to be relished; yena—by that love; adbhuta-madhurimä—the
wonderful sweetness; kédåçaù—of what kind; vä—or; madéyaù—of Me;
saukhyam—the happiness; ca—and; asyäù—her; mat-anubhavataù—from
realization of My sweetness; kédåçam—of what kind; vä—or; iti—thus;
lobhät—from the desire; tat—her; bhäva-aòhyaù—richly endowed with
emotions; samajani—took birth; çacé-garbha—of the womb of Çrématé
Çacédevé; sindhau—in the ocean; hari—Lord Kåñëa; induù—like the moon.

jaya jaya—all glory; çré-caitanya—to Çré Caitanya; jaya—all glory;


nityänanda—to Lord Nityänanda; jaya advaita-candra—all glory to Advaita
Äcärya; jaya—all glory; gaura-bhakta-vånda—to the devotees of Lord
Caitanya.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

bhrama—mistakes; pramäda—illusion; vipralipsä—cheating;


karaëa-apäöava—imperfectness of the senses; ärña—of the authoritative sages;
vijïa-väkye—in the wise speech; nähi—not; doña—faults; ei—these; saba—all.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

siddhänta—conclusion; baliyä—considering; citte—in the mind; nä kara—do


not be; alasa—lazy; ihä—this; ha-ite—from; kåñëe—in Lord Kåñëa;
läge—becomes fixed; su-dåòha—very firm; mänasa—the mind.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

äpani—personally; karimu—I shall make; bhakta-bhäva—the position of a


devotee; aìgékäre—acceptance; äpani—personally; äcari'—practicing;
bhakti—devotional service; çikhäimu—I shall teach; sabäre—to all.

(Lord Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

146
aham—I; eva—certainly; kvacit—somewhere; brahman—O brähmaëa;
sannyäsa-äçramam—the renounced order of life; äçritaù—taking recourse to;
hari-bhaktim—devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
grähayämi—I shall give; kalau—in the age of Kali; päpa-hatän—sinful;
narän—to men.

(Çré Kåñëa to Vyäsadeva from the Upapuräëas)

ei-mata—like this; bhakta-bhäva—the position of a devotee; kari'—making;


aìgékära—acceptance; äpani—Himself; äcari'—practicing;
bhakti—devotional service; karila—did; pracära—propagation.

käma—lust; prema—love; doìhäkära—of the two; vibhanna—separate;


lakñaëa—symptoms; lauha—iron; ära—and; hema—gold; yaiche—just as;
svarüpe—in nature; vilakñaëa—different.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

ätma-indriya-préti—for the pleasure of one's own senses; väïcha—desires;


täre—to that; bali—I say; käma—lust; kåñëa-indriya-préti—for the pleasure of
Lord Kåñëa's senses; icchä—desire; dhare—holds; prema—love; näma—the
name.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

ekale—alone; éçvara—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kåñëa—Kåñëa;


ära—others; saba—all; bhåtya—servants; yare—unto whom; yaiche—as;
näcäya—He causes to dance; se—He; taiche—in that way; kare nåtya—dances.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

ardha—half; kukkuöé—hen; nyäya—logic.

Half-hen logic.

147
Note: Çréla Prabhupäda enjoins that one should accept the Bhagavad-gétä in its entirety.
We should not be like the man who thinks, "If I cut off the head of the chicken then I will
be able to get eggs without having to feed her."

prabhu kahe—the Lord replied; çuna—kindly hear; çrépäda—Your Holiness;


ihära—of this; käraëa—reason; guru—My spiritual master; more—Me;
mürkha—fool; dekhi'—understanding; karila—he did; çäsana—chastisement.

kåñëa-mantra—the chanting of the Hare Kåñëa mahä-mantra; haite—from;


habe—it will be; saàsära—material existence; mocana—deliverance;
kåñëa-näma—the holy name of Lord Kåñëa; haite—from; päbe—one will get;
kåñëera—of Lord Kåñëa; caraëa—lotus feet.

(Çré Caitanya quotes Éçvara Puré to Prakäçänanda Sarasvaté)

näma—the holy name; vinu—without; kali-käle—in this age of Kali;


nähi—there is none; ära—or any alternative; dharma—religious principle;
sarva—all; mantra—hymns; sära—essence; näma—the holy name; ei—this is;
çästra—revealed scriptures; marma—purport.

(Çré Caitanya quotes Éçvara Puré to Prakäçänanda Sarasvaté)

çré-kåñëa-caitanya—Lord Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu; dayä—His mercy;


karaha—just put into; vicära—consideration; vicära—when such
consideration; karile—will be done by you; citte—in your heart; päbe—you
will get; camatkära—strikingly wonderful.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

bhärata—of India; bhümite—in the land; haila—has become;


manuñya—human being; janma—birth; yära—anyone; janma—such a birth;

148
särthaka—fulfillment; kari'—doing so; kara—do; para—others;
upakära—benefit.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

kathaïcana—somehow or other; småte—by remembering; yasmin—whom;


duñkaram—difficult things; sukaram—easy; bhavet—become; vismåte—by
forgetting Him; viparétam—just the opposite; syät—become;
çré-caitanyam—Lord Çré Caitanya Mahaprabhu; namämi—I offer my
respectful obeisances; tam—unto Him.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

bahu-çästre—by many books or scriptures; bahu-väkye—by many versions of


many persons; citte—within the heart; bhrama—doubt; haya—there is;
sädhya-sädhana—objective and means; çreñöha—about the best; nä—not;
haya—there is; niçcaya—certainty.

(Kåñëa däsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

kali-käle—in this age of kali; näma-rüpe—in the form of the holy name;
kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; avatära—incarnation; näma—holy name; haite—from;
haya—becomes; sarva—all; jagat—of the world; nistära—deliverance.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

veda—the Vedic literature; nä—not; mäniyä—accepting; bauddha—the


Buddhists; haya—are; ta'—indeed; nästika—agnostics; veda-äçraya—taking
shelter of Vedic civilization; nästikya-väda—agnosticism; bauddhake—even
Buddhists; adhika—surpassing.

149
(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya)

mäyävädi—of the impersonalists; bhäñya—commentary; çunile—if hearing;


haya—becomes; sarva-näça—all destruction.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Särväbhauma Bhaööäcärya)

kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; he—O; rakña—please protect; mäm—Me; pähi—please


maintain; räma—Lord Räma; räghava—descendant of King Raghu;
keçava—killer of the Keçé demon.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu chanting in ecstasy on the way to Våndävana)

yäre—whomever; dekha—you meet; täre—him; kaha—tell;


kåñëa-upadeça—the instruction of Bhagavad-géta as it is spoken by the Lord or
of Çrémad-Bhägavatam, which advises one to worship Çré Kåñëa;
ämära-äjïäya—under My order; guru haïä—becoming a spiritual master;
tära'—deliver; ei deça—this country.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs the Kürma brähmaëa)

kabhu—at any time; nä—not; vädhibe—will obstruct; tomära—your;


viñaya-taraìga—materialistic way of life; punarapi—again; ei öhäïi—at this
place; päbe—you will get; mora—My; saìga—association.

prabhu kahe—the Lord said; eho—this; bähya—external; äge—ahead;


kaha—say; ära—more; räya kahe—Çré Rämänanda Räya said; kåñëe—unto
Kåñëa; karma-arpaëa—offering the results of activities;
sarva-sädhya-sära—the essence of all means of perfection.

150
(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rämänanda Räya)

kibä—whether; vipra—a brähmaëa; kibä—whether; nyäsé—a sannyäsé;


çüdra—a çüdra; kene—why; naya—not; yei—anyone who;
kåñëa-tattva-vettä—a knower of the science of Kåñëa; sei—that person;
guru—the spiritual master; haya—is.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rämänanda Räya)

sthävara-jaìgama—movable and inert; dekhe—he sees; nä—not; dekhe—sees;


tära—its; mürti—form; sarvatra—everywhere; haya—there is; nija—his own;
iñöa-deva—worshipable Lord; sphürti—manifestation.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rämänanda Räya)

ei kali-käle—in this age of Kali; ära—other; nähi kona—there is not any;


dharma—religious principle; vaiñëava—devotee; vaiñëava-çästra—devotional
literature; ei kahe marma—this is the purport.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

niñkiïcanasya—of a person who has completely detached himself from


material enjoyment; bhagavat—the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
bhajana—in serving; unmukhasya—who is eager to be engaged; päram—to the
other side; param—distant; jigamiñoù—who is desiring to go;
bhava-sägarasya—of the ocean of material existence; sandarçanam—the
seeing (for some material purpose); viñayiëäm—of persons engaged in material
activities; atha—as well as; yoñitäm—of women; ca—also; hä—alas; hanta
hanta—expression of great lamentation; viña-bhakñaëataù—than the act of
drinking poison; api—even; asädhu—more abominable.

151
çukla-vastre—on white cloth; masi-bindu—a spot of ink; yaiche—as much as;
nä—does not; lukäya—become hidden; sannyäséra—of a sannyäsé; alpa—a
very little; chidra—fault; sarva-loke—the general public; gäya—advertise.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rämänanda Räya)

kåñëa-bhakta—a devotee of Lord Kåñëa; niñkäma—actually desireless;


ataeva—therefore; çänta—peaceful; bhukti—of material enjoyment; mukti—of
liberation from material activities; siddhi—of perfection in yogic performance;
kämé—those who are desirous; sakali—all of them; açänta—not peaceful.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

brahmäëòa bhramite—wandering in this universe; kona—some;


bhägyavän—most fortunate; jéva—living being; guru—of the spiritual master;
kåñëa—of Lord Kåñëa; prasäde—by the mercy; päya—gets; bhakti-latä—of the
creeper of devotional service; béja—the seed.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

mäli haïä—becoming a gardener; kare—does; sei—that; béja—seed of


devotional service; äropana—sowing; çravaëa—of hearing; kértana—of
chanting; jale—with the water; karaye—does; secana—sprinkling.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

upajiyä—being cultivated; bäòe—increases; latä—the creeper of devotional


service; brahmäëòa—the whole universe; bhedi'—penetrating; yäya—goes;
virajä—the river between the spiritual world and the material world;

152
brahma-loka—the Brahman effulgence; bhedi'—penetra-ting;
para-vyoma—the spiritual sky; päya—attains.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

tabe—thereafter; yäya—goes; tat-upari—to the top of that (the spiritual sky);


goloka-våndävana—to the planet known as Goloka Våndävana where Kåñëa
lives; kåñëa-caraëa—of the lotus feet of Lord Kåñëa; kalpa-våkse—on the
desire tree; kare ärohaëa—climbs.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

tähäì—there in the spiritual world (in the Goloka Våndävana planet);


vistärita—expanded; haïä—becoming; phale—produces; prema-phala—the
fruit known as love of Godhead; ihäì—in the material world, where the
devotee is still present; mälé—exactly like a gardener; sece—sprinkles;
nitya—regularly, without fail; çravaëa-ädi jala—the water of çravaëa, kértana
and so on.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

yadi—if; vaiñëava-aparädha—an offense at the feet of a Vaiñëava;


uöhe—arises; häté—an elephant; mätä—mad; upäòe—uproots; vä—or;
chiëòe—breaks; tära—of the creeper; çukhi'—shriveling up; yäya—goes;
pätä—the leaf.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Rüpa Gosvämé)

néca jäti—born of a low family; néca-saìgé—associated with low men;


patita—fallen; adhama—the lowest; ku-viñaya-küpe—in a well of material

153
enjoyment; paòi'—having fallen down; goìäinu—I have passed; janama—my
life.

(Sanätana Gosvämé speaks in humility to Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

äpanära—of my personal self; hita—welfare; ahita—inauspicious;


kichui—anything; nä jäni—I do not know; grämya-vyavahäre—in ordinary
dealings; paëòita—a learned man; täi satya mäni—I accept that as truth.

(Sanätana Gosvämé to Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

ke ämi—who am I; kene—why; ämäya—unto me; järe—give trouble;


täpa-traya—the three kinds of miserable conditions; ihä—this; nähi jäni—I do
not know; kemane—how; hita—my welfare; haya—there is.

(Sanätana Gosvämé to Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

jévera—of the living entity; sva-rüpa—the constitutional position; haya—is;


kåñëera—of Lord Kåñëa; nitya-däsa—eternal servant; kåñëera—of Lord Kåñëa;
taöasthä—marginal; çakti—potency; bheda-abheda—one and different;
prakäça—manifestation.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

kåñëa-bhuli'—forgetting Kåñëa; sei jéva—that living entity; anädi—from time


immemorial; bahiù-mukha—attracted by the external feature;
ataeva—therefore; mäyä—illusory energy; täre—to him; deya—gives;
saàsära-duùkha—miseries of material existence.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

154
mäyä-mugdha—enchanted by the illusory energy; jévera—of the conditioned
soul; nähi—there is not; svataù—automatically; kåñëa-jïäna—knowledge of
Kåñëa; jévere—unto the conditioned soul; kåpäya—out of mercy;
kailä—presented; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; veda-puräëa—the Vedic literature and
the Puräëas (supplements to the Vedic literature).

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

veda-çästra kahe—the Vedic literature instructs; sambandha—the conditioned


soul's relationship with the Lord; abhidheya—the regulated activities of the
conditioned soul for reviving that relationship; prayojana—and the ultimate
goal of life to be attained by the conditioned soul; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa;
präpya—to be awakened; sambandha—the original relationship;
bhakti—devotional service; präptyera sädhana—the means of attaining Kåñëa.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

abhidheya—activities to revive one's relationship; näma—named;


bhakti—devotional service; prema—love of Godhead; prayojana—the ultimate
goal of life; puruña-artha-çiromaëi—the topmost interest of the living entity;
prema—love of Godhead; mahä-dhana—the greatest wealth.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

kåñëa—Kåñëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sürya-sama—like the sun


planet; mäyä—the illusory energy; haya—is; andhakära—darkness; yähäë
kåñëa—wherever there is Kåñëa; tähäë—there; nahi—not; mäyära—of maya
or the darkness of illusion; adhikära—the jurisdiction.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

155
sädhu-saìga, sädhu-saìga—association with pure devotees; sarva-çästre—all
the revealed scriptures; kaya—say; lava-mätra—even for a moment;
sädhu-saìge—by association with a devotee; sarva-siddhi—all success;
haya—there is.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

çraddhä-çabde—by the word çraddhä; viçväsa—faith; kahe—is said;


sudåòha—firm; niçcaya—certain; kåñëe—unto Lord Kåñëa; bhakti—devotional
service; kaile—by executing; sarva-karma—all activities; kåta—completed;
haya—are.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

asat-saìga tyäga—rejection of the association of nondevotees; ei—this;


vaiñëava-äcära—the behavior of a Vaiñëava; stri-saìgi—who associates with
women for sense gratification; eka—one; asädhu—unsaintly person;
kåñëa-abhakta—one who is not a devotee of Lord Kåñëa; ära—another.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

nitya-siddha—eternally proved; kåñëa-prema—love of Kåñëa; sädhya—to be


gained; kabhu—at any time; naya—not; çravaëa-adi—by hearing, etc.;
çuddha—purified; citte—in the heart; karaye udaya—awakens.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

sädhu-saìga—association with devotees; näma-kértana—chanting the holy


name; bhägavata-çravaëa—hearing Çrémad-Bhägavatam; mathurä-väsa—living

156
at Mathurä; çré-mürtira çraddhäya sevana—worshiping the Deity with faith
and veneration.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

sakala-sädhana—of all items for executing devotional service; çreñöha—the


best; ei païca aìga—these five limbs; kåñëa-prema—love of Kåñëa;
janmäya—awakens; ei—these; päïcera—of the five; alpa saìga—slight
association with or performance.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

yäìra citte—in whose heart; kåñëa-premä—love of Kåñëa; karaye


udaya—awakens; täìra—his; väkya—words; kriyä—activities;
mudrä—symptoms; vijïeha—even a learned scholar; nä bujhaya—does not
understand.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

ajä-gala-stana-nyäya—like the nipples on the neck of a goat.

artaù ayam—this is the meaning; brahma-süträëäm—of the codes of


Vedänta-sütra.

(This is a quote from the Garuòa Puräëa)

ye—he who; lélä—of the pastimes of Lord Kåñëa and Caitanya Mahäprabhu;
amåta vine—without nectar; khäya yada anna-päne—if one eats only ordinary
food grains; tabe—then; bhaktera—of the devotees; durbala jévana—life
becomes weakened; yära—of which; eka-bindu-päne—if one drinks one drop;

157
utphullita tanu-mane—the body and mind become jubilant; häse—laughs;
gäya—chants; karaye nartana—dances.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa; anyaù—another Lord Väsudeva; yadu-sambhütaù—born


in the Yadu dynasty; yaù—who; pürëaù—the full Supreme Personality of
Godhead, Kåñëa; saù—He; asti—is; ataù—than Him (Väsudeva);
paraù—different; våndävanam—the place Våndävana; parityajya—giving up;
saù—He; kvacit—at any time; na eva gacchati—does not go.

(This verse is included in the Laghu-bhägavatämåta (1.5.461),


by Çréla Rüpa Gosvämé.)

tuëòe—in the mouth; täëòaviné—dancing; ratim—the inspiration;


vitanute—expands; tuëòa-avalé-labdhaye—to achieve many mouths; karëa—of
the ear; kroòa—in the hole; kaòambiné—sprouting; ghaöayate—causes to
appear; karëa-arbudebhyaù spåham—the desire for millions of ears;
cetaù-präìgaëa—in the courtyard of the heart; saìginé—being a companion;
vijayate—conquers; sarva-indriyäëäm—of all the senses; kåtim—the activity;
no—not; jäne—I know; janitä—produced; kiyadbhiù—of what measure;
amåtaiù—by nectar; kåñëa—the name of Kåñëa; iti—thus; varëa-dvayé—the
two syllables.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

dvaite—in the material world; bhadra-abhadra-jïäna—understanding of good


and bad; saba—all; manaù-dharma—speculative mental creations; ei
bhäla—this is good; ei manda—this is bad; ei—this; saba—all;
bhrama—mistake.

158
(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Sanätana Gosvämé)

yäha—just go; bhägavata pada—read Çrémad-Bhägavatam; vaiñëavera


sthäne—from a self-realized Vaiñëava.

(Svarüpa Dämodara instructs a poet from Bengal)

mahäprabhura—of Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu; bhakta-gaëera—of the devotees;


vairägya—renunciation; pradhäna—the basic principle; yähä-dekhi'—seing
which; préta hana—becomes satisfied; gaura-bhagavän—Çré Caitanya
Mahäprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

(Kåñëadäsa Kaviräja Gosvämé)

vairägé-haïä—being in the renounced order; yebä—anyone who; kare—does;


paräpekñä—dependence on others; kärya-siddhi nahe—he does not become
successful; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; karena upekñä—neglects.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé)

vairägéra—of a person in the renounced order; kåtya—duty; sadä—always;


nama-saìkértana—chanting the holy name of the Lord; çäka—vegetables;
patra—leaves; phala—fruit; müle—by roots; udara-bharaëa—filling the belly.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé)

jihvära—of the tongue; lälase—because of greed; yei—anyone who;


iti-uti—here and there; dhäya—goes; çiçna—genitals; udara—belly;
paräyaëa—devoted to; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; nähi päya—does not get.

159
(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé)

grämya-kathä—ordinary talks of common men; nä-çunibe—never hear;


grämya-värtä—ordinary news; nä kahibe—do not speak; bhäla—well; na
khäibe—do not eat; ära—and; bhäla—nicely; nä paribe—do not dress.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé)

amäné—not expecting any respect; mäna-da—offering respect to others;


haïä—becoming; kåñëa-näma—the holy name of the Lord; sadä—always;
la'be—you should chant; vraje—in Våndävana; rädhä-kåñëa-sevä—service to
Rädhä and Kåñëa; mänase—within the mind; karibe—you should do.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu instructs Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé)

kali-kälera—of this age of Kali; dharma—the duty;


kåñëa-näma-saìkértana—chanting of the holy name of Lord Kåñëa; kåñëa-çakti
vinä—without being empowered by Lord Kåñëa; nahe—is not; tära—of that;
pravartana—propagation.

(Vallabha Bhaööa to Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu)

premera sva-bhäva—the nature of love of Godhead; yähäì—where; premera


sambandha—a relationship of love of Godhead; sei mäne—he recognizes;
kåñëe—unto Lord Kåñëa; mora—my; nähi—there is not; prema-gandha—even
a scent of love of Godhead.

(Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu comments on the third verse of the Çikñäñöaka)

160
Govindam Prayers from Çré Brahma-saàhitä

éçvaraù—the controller; paramaù—supreme; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa;


sat—comprising eternal existence; cit—absolute knowledge; änanda—and
absolute bliss; vigrahaù—whose form; anädiù—without beginning; ädiù—the
origin; govindaù—Lord Govinda; sarva-käraëa-käraëam—the cause of all
causes.
cintämaëi—touchstone; prakara—groups made of; sadmasu—in abodes;
kalpa-våkña—of desire trees; lakña—by millions; avåteñu—surrounded;
surabhéù—surabhi cows; abhipälayantam—tending; lakñmé—of goddesses of
fortune; sahasra—of thousands; çata—by hundreds; sambhrama—with great
respect; sevya-mänam—being served; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the
original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

veëum—the flute; kvaëantam—playing; aravinda-dala—(like) lotus petals;


äyata—blooming; akñam—whose eyes; barha—a peacock's feather;
avataàsam—whose ornament on the head; asita-ambuda—(tinged with the
hue of) blue clouds; sundara—beautiful; aìgam—whose figure; kandarpa—of
Cupids; koöi—millions; kamanéya—charming; viçeña—unique; çobham—whose
loveliness; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him;
aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

älola—swinging; candraka—with a moon locket; lasat—beautified;


vana-mälya—a garland of flowers; vaàçé—flute, ratna-aìgadam—adorned
with jeweled ornaments; praëaya—of love; keli-kalä—in pastimes;
viläsam—who always revels; çyämam—Çyämasundara; tri-bhaìga—bending in
three places; lalitam—graceful; niyata—eternally; prakäçam—manifest;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;
bhajämi—worship.

aìgäni—the limbs; yasya—of whom; sakala-indriya—of all the organs;


våtti-manti—possessing the functions; paçyanti—see; pänti—maintain;

161
kalayanti—manifest; ciram—eternally; jaganti—the universes; änanda—bliss;
cit—truth; maya—full of; sat—substantiality; ujjvala—full of dazzling
splendor; vigrahasya—whose form; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the
original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

advaitam—without a second; acyutam—without decay; anädim—without a


beginning; ananta-rüpam—whose form is endless, or who possesses unlimited
forms; ädyam—the beginning; puräëa-puruñam—the most ancient person;
nava-yauvanam—a blooming youth; ca—also; vedeñu—through the Vedas;
durlabham—inaccessible; adurlabham—not difficult to obtain;
ätma-bhaktau—through pure devotion of the soul; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

panthäù—the path; tu—but; koöi-çata—thousands of millions; vatsara—of


years; sampragamayaù—extending over; väyoù—of wind; atha api—or;
manasaù—of the mind; muni-puìgavänäm—of the foremost jïänés; saù—that
(path); api—only; asti—is; yat—of whom; prapada—of the toe; sémni—to the
tip; avicintya-tattve—beyond material conception; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

ekaù—one; api—although; asau—He; racayitum—to create; jagat-aëòa—of


universes; koöim—millions; yat—whose; çaktiù—potency; asti—there is;
jagat-aëòa-cayäù—all the universes; yat-antaù—within whom;
aëòa-antara-stha—which are scattered throughout the universe;
parama-aëu-caya—the atoms; antara-stham—situated within;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;
bhajämi—worship.

yat—for whom; bhäva—with devotion; bhävita—are imbued; dhiyaù—whose


hearts; manujäù—men; tatha eva—similarly; sampräpya—having gained;
rüpa—beauty; mahima—greatness; äsana—thrones; yäna—conveyances;
bhüñäù—and ornaments; süktaiù—by Vedic hymns; yam—whom;
eva—certainly; nigama—by the Vedas; prathitaiù—told; stuvanti—offer praise;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;

162
bhajämi—worship.

änanda—bliss; cit—and knowledge; maya—consisting of; rasa—mellows;


prati—every second; bhävitäbhiù—who are engrossed with; täbhiù—with
those; yaù—who; eva—certainly; nija-rüpatayä—with His own form;
kaläbhiù—who are parts of portions of His pleasure potency; goloke—in
Goloka Våndävana; eva—certainly; nivasati—resides; akhila-ätma—as the soul
of all; bhütaù—who exists; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original
person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

prema—of love; aïjana—with the salve; churita—tinged; bhakti—of devotion;


vilocanena—with the eye; santaù—the pure devotees; sadä—always;
eva—indeed; hådayeñu—in their hearts; vilokayanti—see; yäm—whom;
çyäma—dark blue; sundaram—beautiful; acintya—inconceivable; guëa—with
attributes; svarüpam—whose nature is endowed; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

räma-ädi—the incarnation of Lord Räma, etc.; mürtiñu—indifferent forms;


kalä-niyamena—by the order of plenary portions; tiñöhan—existing;
nänä—various; avatäram—incarnations; akarot—executed;
bhuvaneñu—within the worlds; kintu—but; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa;
svayam—personally; samabhavat—appeared; paramaù—the supreme;
pumän—person; yaù—who; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original
person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

yasya—of whom; prabhä—the effulgence; prabhavataù—of one who excels in


power; jagat-aëòa—of universes; koöi-koöiñu—in millions and millions;
açeña—unlimited; vasudhä-ädi—with planets and other manifestations;
vibhüti—with opulences; bhinnam—becoming variegated; tat—that;
brahma—Brahman; niñkalam—without parts; anantam—unlimited;
açeña-bhütam—being complete; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the
original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

mäyä—the external potency; hi—indeed; yasya—of whom; jagat-aëòa—of

163
universes; çatäni—hundreds; süte—brings forth; trai-guëya—embodying the
threefold mundane qualities; tat—of that; viñaya—the subject matter;
veda—the Vedic knowledge; vitäyamänä—diffusing; sattva-avalambi—the
support of all existence; para-sattvam—the ultimate entity;
viçuddha-sattvam—the absolute substantive principle; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

änanda—blissful; cit-maya—cognitive; rasa—of rasa; ätmatayä—due to being


the entity; manaùsu—in the minds; yaù—He who; präëinäm—of living
entities; pratiphalan—being reflected; smaratäm upetya—recollecting;
léläyitena—by pastimes; bhuvanäni—the mundane world;
jayati—triumphantly dominates; ajasram—ever; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

goloka-nämni—in the planet known as Goloka Våndävana; nija-dhämni—the


personal abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tale—in the part
underneath; ca—also; tasya—of that; devé—of the goddess Durgä; maheça—of
Lord Çiva; hari—of Näräyaëa; dhämasu—in the planets; teñu teñu—in each of
them; te te—those respective; prabhäva-nicayäù—opulences;
vihitäù—established; ca—also; yena—by whom; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

(See also Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 21.49)

såñöi—creation; sthiti—preservation; pralaya—and destruction; sädhana—the


agency; çaktiù—potency; ekä—one; chäyä—the shadow; iva—like; yasya—of
whom; bhuvanäni—the mundane world; bibharti—maintains; durgä—Durgä;
icchä—the will; anurüpam—in accordance with; api—certainly; yasya—of
whom; ca—and; ceñöate—conducts herself; sä—she; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

kñéram—milk; yathä—as; dadhi—yogurt; vikära-viçeña—of a special


transformation; yogät—by the application; saïjayate—is transformed into;

164
na—not; hi—indeed; tataù—from the milk; påthak—separated; asti—is;
hetoù—which is the cause; yaù—who; çambhutäm—the nature of the Lord
Çiva; api—also; tathä—thus; samupaiti—accepts; käryät—for the matter of
some particular business; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original
person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

(See also Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 20.310)

dépa-arciù—the flame of a lamp; eva—as; hi—certainly;


daçä-antaram—another lamp; abhyupetya—expanding; dépäyate—illuminates;
vivåta-hetu—with its expanded cause; samäna-dharmä—equally powerful;
yaù—who; tädåk—similarly; eva—indeed; hi—certainly; ca—also;
viñëutayä—by His expansion as Lord Viñëu; vibhäti—illuminates;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;
bhajämi—worship.

yaù—He who; käraëa-arëava—of the Causal Ocean; jale—in the water;


bhajati—enjoys; sma—indeed; yoga-nidräm—creative sleep;
ananta—unlimited; jagat-aëòa—universes; sa—with; roma-küpaù—the pores
of His hair; ädhära-çaktim—the all-accommodating potency;
avalambya—assuming; paräm—great; sva-mürtim—own subjective form;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;
bhajämi—worship.

yasya—whose; eka—one; niçvasita—of breath; kälam—time; atha—thus;


avalambya—taking shelter of; jévanti—live; loma-vila-jäù—grown from the
hair holes; jagat-aëòa-näthäù—the masters of the universes (the Brahmäs);
viñëuù mahän—the Supreme Lord Mahä-Viñëu; saù—that; iha—here;
yasya—whose; kalä-viçeñaù—particular plenary portion or expansion;
govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I;
bhajämi—worship.

bhäsvän—the illuminating sun; yathä—as; açma-çakaleñu—in various types of

165
precious stones; nijeñu—his own; tejaù—brilliance; svéyam—his own; kiyat—to
some extent; prakaöayati—manifests; api—also; tadvat—similarly; atra—here;
brahmä—Lord Brahmä; yaù—who; eñaù—he; jagat-aëòa-vidhäna-kartä—the
chief of the universe; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person;
tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

(See also Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 20.304)

yat—whose; päda-pallava—lotus feet; yugam—two; vinidhäya—having held;


kumbha-dvandve—upon the pair of tumuli; praëäma-samaye—at the time of
offering obeisances; saù—he; gaëa-adiräjaù—Gaëeça; vighnän—obstacles;
vihantum—to destroy; alam—capable; asya—of these; jagat-trayasya—three
worlds; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him;
aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

agniù—fire; mahé—earth; gaganam—ether; ambu—water; marut—air;


diçaù—directions; ca—also; kälaù—time; tathä—as well as; ätma—soul;
manasé—and mind; iti—thus; jagat-trayäëi—the three worlds; yasmät—from
whom; bhavanti—they originate; vibhavanti—they exist; viçanti—they enter;
yam—whom; ca—also; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original
person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

yat—of whom; cakñuù—the eye; eñaù—the; savitä—sun; sakala-grahäëäm—of


all the planets; räjä—the king; samasta-sura—of all the demigods;
mürtiù—the image; açeña-tejäù—full of infinite effulgence; yasya—of whom;
äjïayä—by the order; bhramati—performs his journey; sambhåta—complete;
käla-cakraù—the wheel of time; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the
original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

dharmaù—virtue; atha—also; päpa-nicayaù—all vices; çrutayaù—the Vedas;


tapäàsi—penances; brahma-ädi—beginning from Lord Brahmä;
kéöa-pataga—insects; avadhayaù—down to; ca—and; jéväù—jévas; yat—by
whom; datta—conferred; mätra—exclusively; vibhava—by the power;

166
prakaöa—manifested; prabhäväù—potencies; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

yaù—He who (Govinda); tu—but; indra-gopam—the small red insect called


indragopa; atha vä—or even; indram—to Indra, king of heaven; aho—oh;
sva-karma—of one's own fruitive activities; bandha—bondage;
anurüpa—according to; phala—of reactions; bhäjanam—enjoying or suffering;
ätanoti—bestows; karmäëi—all fruitive activities and their reactions;
nirdahati—destroys; kintu—but; ca—also; bhakti-bhäjäm—of persons engaged
in devotional service; govindam—Govinda; ädi-puruñam—the original person;
tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

yam—upon whom; krodha—wrath; käma—amorous passion;


sahaja-praëaya—natural friendly love; ädi—and so on; bhéti—fear;
vätsalya—parental affection; moha—delusion; guru-gaurava—reverence;
sevya-bhävaiù—and with the attitude of willing service;
saïcintya—meditating; tasya—of that; sadåçém—befitting; tanum—bodily
form; äpuù—attained; ete—these persons; govindam—Govinda;
ädi-puruñam—the original person; tam—Him; aham—I; bhajämi—worship.

çriyaù—Lakñmés, goddesses of fortune; käntäù—loving consorts; käntaù—the


enjoyer, lover; parama-puruñaù—the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
kalpa-taravaù—desire trees; drumäù—all the trees; bhümiù—the land;
cintämaëi-gaëa-mayé—made of the transcendental touchstone jewels;
toyam—the water; amåtam—nectar; kathä—talking; gänam—song;
näöyam—dancing; gamanam—walking; api—also; vaàçé—the flute;
priya-sakhé—constant companion; cit-änandam—transcendental bliss;
jyotiù—effulgence; param—the supreme; api—also; tat—that;
äsvädyam—everywhere perceived; api ca—also; saù—that; yatra—where;
kñéra-abdhiù—ocean of milk; sravati—flows; surabhébhyaù—from surabhé cows;
ca—and; su-mahän—very great; nimeña-ardha—half a moment;
äkhyaù—called; vä—or; vrajati—passes away; na—not; hi—certainly;
yatra—where; api—even; samayaù—time; bhaje—I worship;
çveta-dvépam—Çvetadvépa; tam—that; aham—I; iha—here; golokam—Goloka;

167
iti—thus; yam—which; vidantaù—know; te—they; santaù—self-realized souls;
kñiti—in this world; virala—seldom; cäräù—going; katipaye—few.

Selected Verses From Vedänta-sütra

atha—now; ato—therefore; brahma-jijïäsä—inquire into Brahman.

janma-adi—creation, sustenance and destruction; asya—of the manifested


universe; yataù—from whom.

anandamayaù—composed of happiness; abhyäsät—by nature.

Selected Verses From The Upaniñads

saù—He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); aikñata—glanced.

saù—He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); imän—all these;


lokän—worlds; asåjata—created.

aham—I; brahmäsmi—(I) am Brahman or spirit.

asataù—in untruth; mä—do not; sat—truth or reality; gamaù—go to;


tamasi—in the darkness; mä—do not; jyotiù—the light; gamaù—go to;
måtaù—in death; mä—do not; amåta—immortality; gamaù—go to.

yaù—he who; vä—either; etad—that; akñaram—spiritual life; gärgi—O Gargi


(daughter of Gargäcärya); aviditva—without knowing the solution to the

168
problem of life; asmät—from this; lokät—material world; praiti—he quits (like
cats and dogs); saù—he is; kåpanaù—a miserly man; yaù—he who; etad—that;
akñaram—spiritual life; gärgi—O Gargi (daughter of Gargäcärya);
viditva—knowing the solution to the problem of life; asmät—from this;
lokät—material world; praiti—he quits; saù—he is; brähmaëaù—a brähmaëa.

sarvam—everything; khalu—indeed; idam—this; brahma—the Supreme Spirit


(Brahman).

tad—this; aikñata—glance; bahu—many; become—become.

äcärya—the äcärya; vän—possesses (follows); puruño—a person; veda—knows.

oà—the Complete Whole; pürëam—perfectly complete; adaù—that;


pürëam—perfectly complete; idam—this phenomenal world; pürëät—from
the all-perfect; pürëam—complete unit; udacyate—is produced; pürëasya—of
the Complete Whole; pürëam—completely, all; ädäya—having been taken
away; pürëam—the complete balance; eva—even; avaçiñyate—is remaining.

éça—by the Lord; äväsyam—controlled; idam—this; sarvam—all; yat


kiïca—whatever; jagatyäm—within the universe; jagat—all that is animate or
inanimate; tena—by Him; tyaktena—set-apart quota; bhuïjéthäù—you should
accept; mä—do not; gådhaù—endeavor to gain; kasya svit—of anyone else;
dhanam—the wealth.

kurvan—doing continuously; eva—thus; iha—during this span of life;


karmäëi—work; jijéviñet—one should desire to live; çatam—one hundred;
samäù—years; evam—so living; tvayi—unto you; na—no;
anyathä—alternative; itaù—from this path; asti—there is; na—not;
karma—work; lipyate—can be bound; nare—unto a man.

asuryäù—meant for the asuras; näma—famous by the name; te—those;


lokäù—planets; andhena—by ignorance; tamasä—by darkness;

169
avåtäù—covered; tän—those planets; te—they; pretya—after death;
abhigacchanti—enter into; ye—anyone; ke—everyone; ca—and;
ätma-hanaù—the killers of the soul; janäù—persons.

anejat—fixed; ekam—one; manasaù—than the mind; javéyaù—more swift;


na—not; enat—this Supreme Lord; deväù—the demigods like Indra, etc.;
äpnuvan—can approach; pürvam—in front; arñat—moving quickly; tat—He;
dhävataù—those who are running; anyän—others; atyeti—surpasses;
tiñöhat—remaining in one place; tasmin—in Him; apaù—rain; mätariçvä—the
gods who control the wind and rain; dadhäti—supply.

tat—this Supreme Lord; ejati—walks; tat—He; na—not; ejati—walks;


tat—He; düre—far away; tat—He; u—also; antike—very near; tat—He;
antaù—within; asya—of this; sarvasya—of all; tat—He; u—also; sarvasya—of
all; asya—of this; bähyataù—external to.

yaù—he who; tu—but; sarväëi—all; bhütäni—living entities; ätmani—in


relation to the Supreme Lord; eva—only; anupaçyati—observes in a systematic
way; sarva-bhüteñu—in every living being; ca—and; ätmänam—the Supersoul;
tataù—thereafter; na—not; vijugupsate—hates anyone.

yasmin—in the situation; sarväëi—all; bhütäni—living entities; ätmä—the


cit-kaëa, or spiritual spark; eva—only; abhüt—exist as; vijänataù—of one who
knows; tatra—therein; kaù—what; mohaù—illusion; kaù—what;
çokaù—anxiety; ekatvam—oneness in quality; anupaçyataù—of one who sees
through authority, or one who sees constantly like that.

saù—that person; paryagät—must know in fact; çukram—the omnipotent;


akäyam—unembodied; avraëam—without reproach; asnäviram—without
veins; çuddham—antiseptic; apäpa-viddham—prophylactic;
kaviù—omniscient; manéñé—philosopher; paribhüù—the greatest of all;
svayambhüù—self-sufficient; yäthätathyataù—just in pursuance of;
arthän—desirables; vyadadhät—awards; çäçvatébhyaù—immemorial;
samäbhyaù—time.

170
andham—gross ignorance; tamaù—darkness; praviçanti—enter into; ye—those
who; avidyäm—nescience; upäsate—worship; tataù—than that; bhüyaù—still
more; iva—like; te—they; tamaù—darkness; ye—those who; u—also;
vidyäyäm—in the culture of knowledge; ratäù—engaged.

anyat—different; eva—certainly; ahuù—said; vidyayä—by culture of


knowledge; anyat—different; ähuù—said; avidyayä—by culture of nescience;
iti—thus; çuçruma—I heard; dhéräëäm—from the sober; ye—who; naù—to us;
tat—that; vicacakñire—explained.

vidyäm—knowledge in fact; ca—and; avidyäm—nescience; ca—and; yaù—a


person who; tat—that; veda—knows; ubhayam—both; saha—simultaneously;
avidyayä—by culture of nescience; måtyum—repeated death;
tértvä—transcending; vidyayä—by culture of knowledge;
amåtam—deathlessness; açnute—enjoys.

andham—ignorance; tamaù—darkness; praviçanti—enter into; ye—those who;


asambhütim—demigods; upäsate—worship; tataù—than that; bhüyaù—still
more; iva—like that; te—those; tamaù—darkness; ye—who; u—also;
sambhütyäm—in the Absolute; ratäù—engaged.

anyat—different; eva—certainly; ähuù—it is said; sambhavät—by worshiping


the Supreme Lord, the cause of all causes; anyat—different; ähuù—it is said;
asambhavät—by worshiping what is not the Supreme; iti—thus; çuçruma—I
heard it; dhéräëäm—from the undisturbed authorities; ye—who; naù—unto
us; tat—about that subject matter; vicacakñire—perfectly explained.

sambhütim—the eternal Personality of Godhead, His transcendental name,


form, pastimes, qualities and paraphernalia, the variegatedness of His abode,
etc.; ca—and; vinäçam—the temporary material manifestation of demigods,
men, animals, etc., with their false names, fame, etc.; ca—also; yaù—one who;
tat—that; veda—knows; ubhayam—both; saha—along with; vinäçena—with
everything liable to be vanquished; måtyum—death; tértvä—surpassing;

171
sambhütyä—in the eternal kingdom of God; amåtam—deathlessness;
açnute—enjoys.

hiraëmayena—by a golden effulgence; pätreëa—by a dazzling covering;


satyasya—of the Supreme Truth; apihitam—covered; mukham—the face;
tat—that covering; tvam—Yourself; püñan—O sustainer; apävåëu—kindly
remove; satya—pure; dharmäya—unto the devotee; dåñöaye—for exhibiting.

püñan—O maintainer; eka-åñe—the primeval philosopher; yama—the


regulating principle; sürya—the destination of the süris (great devotees);
präjäpatya—the well-wisher of the prajäpatis (progenitors of mankind);
vyüha—kindly remove; raçmén—the rays; samüha—kindly withdraw;
tejaù—effulgence; yat—so that; te—Your; rüpam—form;
kalyäëa-tamam—most auspicious; tat—that; te—Your; paçyämi—I may see;
yaù—one who is; asau—like the sun; asau—that; puruñaù—Personality of
Godhead; saù—myself; aham—I; asmi—am.

väyuù—air of life; anilam—total reservoir of air; amåtam—indestructible;


atha—now; idam—this; bhasmäntam—after being turned to ashes;
çaréram—body; oà—O Lord; krato—O enjoyer of all sacrifices; smara—please
remember; kåtam—all that has been done by me; smara—please remember;
krato—O supreme beneficiary; smara—please remember; kåtam—all that I
have done for You; smara—please remember.

agne—O my Lord, as powerful as fire; naya—kindly lead; supathä—by the


right path; räye—for reaching You; asmän—us; viçväni—all; deva—O my
Lord; vayunäni—actions; vidvän—the knower; yuyodhi—kindly remove;
asmat—from us; juhuräëam—all hindrances on the path; enaù—all vices;
bhüyiñöhäm—most numerous; te—unto You; namaù-uktim—words of
obeisance; vidhema—I do.

iti—this; ñoòaçakam—sixteen; nämnäm—of the holy names; kali—age of Kali;


kalmaña—sins (dirt); näçanam—destroying (counteracting); na—not;
ataù—then; paratara—better; upayaù—method; sarva—all; vedeñu—in the

172
Vedas; dåçyate—it is found.

(Lord Brahmä instructs Närada)

anor anéyän mahato mahéyän


ätmäsya jantor nihito guhäyäm
anoh-anéyän—the smallest of the small; mahata-mahéyän—the greatest of the
great; ätmäsya—of the self; jantaù—of the embodied being; nihitaù—situated;
guhäyäm—in the heart.

näyam—mundane knowledge; ätmä—knowledge of the self; pravacanena—by


discussing; labhyaù—comprehensible; na—not; medhayä—by mental power;
na—not; bahunä—much; çrutena—by hearing; yam—for such a person;
eva—indeed; eña—this knowledge; våëute—is concealed; tena—by Him;
labhyaù—comprehensible; tasya—His; eña—this; ätmä—the science of the
self; vivåëute—He reveals; tanüm—His own form; sväm—by His own will.

(also the Muëòaka Upaniñad 3.2.3)

uttiñöha—get up; jägrata—awake; präpya—having obtained; varän—the


advantages (of a human body); nibodhat—just understand; kñurasya—of a
razor; dhärä—the edge; niçitä—regulations; duratyayä—very difficult;
durgam—very difficult to traverse; pathaù—path; tat—that; kavayaù—learned
scholars; vadanti—they say.

nityaù—the singular eternal; nityänäm—of the plural eternals; cetanaù—the


singular conscious being; cetanänäm—of the plural conscious beings;
ekaù—that one; bahünäm—of the many; yaù—He who; vidadhati—supplies;
kämän—all desired necessities of life.

tat-vijïäna-ärtham—to learn that transcendental subject matter; saù—one;

173
gurum—a spiritual master; eva—certainly; äbhigaccet—must approach;
samit-päniù—carrying firewood in his hand; çrotriyam—expert in
understanding the Vedic conclusion; brahma-niñöham—constantly engaged in
the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

yasmin—to him; vijïäte—by knowing; sarvam—every-thing; evam—certainly;


vijïätum—to know; bhavati—becomes.

dvä—two; suparëä—birds; sayujä—together;


sakhäyäù—friends;sa-mänam—along with love; våkñam—tree;
pariñasvajäte—sitting; tayor—both; anyaù—one; pippalam—enjoying the
fruits; svädv—tasting; atty—eats; anaçnann—while eating; anyaù—another;
abhicäkaçéti—is looking at.

apäëi—without material hands; pädo—or feet; javanaù—moving quickly;


grahétä—He accepts; paçyati—He sees; acakñuù—without material eyes;
saù—He (the Supreme Person); çåëoti—hears; akarëaù—without material
ears; saù—He (the Supreme Person); vetti—knows; vedyam—the Vedas;
na—not; ca—and;tasya—of Him; asti—there is; vettä—knower; tam—Him;
ähur—it is said; agryam—the best of all; puruñam—person; mahäntam—the
greatest.

bäla-agra—the tip of a hair; çata-bhägasya—of one hundredth; çata-dhä—into


one hundred parts; kalpitasya—divided; ca—and; bhägaù—minute portion;
jévaù—the living entity; saù—that; vijïeyaù—to be understood; iti—thus;
ca—and;äha—have said; parä—chief; çrutiù—Vedic mantras.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.140.


See also Bhagavad-gétä 2.17 purport for slightly different version)
keça-agra—of the tip of a hair; çata-bhägasya—of one hundredth;
çata-aàça—a hundredth part; sadåça—equal to; ätmakaù—whose nature;
jévaù—the living entity; sükñma—very fine; sva-rüpaù—identification;
ayam—this; saìkhyätitaù—numbering beyond calculation; hi—certainly;
cit-kaëaù—spiritual particle.

174
(Another version of the previous verse, quoted by
Çréla Prabhupäda in the purport to Bhagavad-gétä 2.17)

na—not; tasya—of Him; käryam—any duty; karaëam—cause; ca—and;


vidyate—there is; na—nor; tat—Him; samaù—equal to; ca—and;
abhyadikaù—superior (to Him); ca—and; dåçyate—is seen; parasya—of the
Supreme; çaktiù—potencies; vividha—various; eva—certainly; çrüyate—is
known; sväbhäviké—His spiritual nature of eternity, knowledge, bliss, etc.;
jïäna—knowledge; bala—power; kriyä—the action; ca—also.

yasya—of whom; deve—in the Supreme Lord; parä—superior;


bhaktiù—devotion; yathä-deve—as in the Lord; tathä—in the same way;
gurau—in the spiritual master; tasya—to him; ete—these; kathitäù—as
described; hi—certainly; arthäù—the imports; prakäsante—are revealed;
mahät-manaù—of those great souls.

rasaù—(the reservoir of) transcendental mellows; vai—indeed; saù—He (the


Supreme Personality of Godhead).

bhéñäsmät—out of fear; vätaù—the wind; pavate—he blows (and purifies);


bhéñä—out of intimidation; udeti—he distributes heat; süryaù—the sun;
bhéñäsmät—out of fear; agniù—fire (is burning); candraù—the moon (is
shining); ca—and; måtuù—death; dhävati—he is chasing; païcamaù—the five
life airs (i.e. the life-span of the living entities).

yataù—from where; vä—indeed; imäni—all these; bhütäni—living entities;


jäyante—are produced.

Selected Verses From Caitanya Bhägavata

175
äjänu-lambita-bhujau—those two personalities whose long arms extend to
Their knees; kanaka-eva-dätau—exuding a resplendent golden hue;
saàkértanaika-pitarau—the fathers (progenitors, initiators) of the saìkértan
movement; kamaläya-täkñau—exquisite drawn-out eyes like lotus petals;
viçvambarau—maintainer, sustainer of the cosmic creation; dvijavarau—best
of the brähmaëas, teachers imparting love of Godhead;
yuga-dharma-pälau—protectors (propagators) of the yuga dharma, kåñëa näma
saìkértan; vande—I offer my obeisances; jagat-priyakarau—the benefactors of
the entire universe, bringing unlimited good fortune; karuëa-avatärau—the
most munificent incarnations of Godhead.

påthivéte—on the earth; äche—are; yata—as many; nagara-adi gräma—cities


and villages; sarvatra—everywhere; pracära haibe—will be preached;
mora—My; näma—Holy Name.

çré-kåñëa caitanya—Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu; radha-kåñëa—the


combined form of Rädhä and Kåñëa; nahe anya—none other.

Selected Verses From the Works


Of the Six Gosvämés and Others

sarva-upädi-vinirmuktam—free from all kinds of material designations, or free


from all desires except the desire to render service to the Supreme Personality
of Godhead; tat-paratvena—by the sole purpose of serving the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; nirmalam—uncontaminated by the effects of
speculative philosophical research or fruitive activity; håñékeëa—by purified
senses freed from all designations; håñékeça—of the master of the senses;
sevanam—the service to satisfy the senses; bhaktiù—devotional service;
ucyate—is called.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.170)

176
anya-abhiläñitä-çünyam—without desires other than those for the service of
Lord Kåñëa, or without material desires (such as those for meateating, illicit
sex, gambling and addiction to intoxicants); jïäna—by the knowledge of the
philosophy of the monist Mäyävädés; karma—by fruitive activities; adi—by
artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by
studying the Säìkhya philosophy and so on; anävåtam—uncovered;
änukülyena—favorable; kåñëa-änu-çélanam—cultivation of service in
relationship to Kåñëa; bhaktiù-uttamä—first-class devotional service.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.167)

ädau—in the beginning; gurv-äçrayam—take shelter of a bona fide spiritual


master; sad-dharma—religious principles; påcchä—one must inquire;
sädhu—saintly persons; märganugamanam—one must follow the path of.

yena—by which; tena—by that; prakäreëa—by a means; manaù—the mind;


kåñëe—in Kåñëa; niveçayet—one should fix; sarve—all; vidhi-niñedhaù—rules
and prohibitions mentioned in the scripture or given by the spiritual master;
syuù—should be; etayoù—of this principle; eva—certainly; kiìkaräù—the
servants.

smeräm—smiling; bhaìgé-traya-paricitäm—bent in three places, namely the


neck, waist and knees; säci-vistérëa-dåñöim—with a broad sideways glance;
vaàçé—on the flute; nyasta—placed; adhara—lips; kiçalayäm—newly
blossomed; ujjvaläm—very bright; candrakeëa—by the moonshine;
govinda-äkhyäm—named Lord Govinda; hari-tanum—the transcendental
body of the Lord; itaù—here; keçé-tértha-upakaëöhe—on the bank of the
Yamunä in the neighborhood of the Keçéghäöa; mä—do not;
prekñiñöhäù—glance over; tava—your; yadi—if sakhe—O dear friend;
bandhu-saìge—to worldly friends; asti—there is; raìgaù—attachment.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 5.224)

177
çruti—the original Vedic literatures; småti—literatures in pursuance to the
original Vedic knowledge; puräëa-ädi—the Puräëäs, etc.; païcaratra—the
Närada Païcarätra; vidhim—the regulative principles; vinä—without;
aikäntiké—undiverted; hareù—of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
bhakti—devotional service; utpätäya—an unnecessary disturbance;
iva—indeed; kalpate—becomes.

éhä—the activity; yasya—of whom; hareù—of Hari, Kåñëa, the Lord;


däsye—in service; karmaëä—by the actions (of the body); manasä—by the
mind; girä—and by the words; nikhiläsu—in all; api—indeed; avasthäsu—in
all conditions of material existence; jévan-muktaù—liberated even within
material existence; saù—such; ucyate—is so called.

ataù—therefore (because Kåñëa's name, form, qualities and pastimes are all on
the absolute platform); çré-kåñëa-näma-ädi—Lord Kåñëa's name, form,
qualities, pastimes and so on; na—not; bhavet—can be; grähyam—perceived;
indriyaiù—by the blunt material senses; seva-unmukhe—to one engaged in His
service (when a person places himself at the disposal or order of the Supreme
Lord, at that time the spiritual energy, or Hare, gradually reveals the Lord to
him); hi—certainly; jihvä-ädau—beginning with the tongue;
svayam—personally; eva—certainly; sphurati—be manifest; adaù—those
(Kåñëa's name, form, quality and so on).

(originally from Padma Puräëa, quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 17.136)

anäsaktasya—of one who is without attachment; viñayän—to material sense


objects; yathä-arham—according to suitability; upayuïjataù—engaging;
nirbandhaù—without bondage; kåñëa-sambandhe—in relationship with Kåñëa;
yuktam—proper; vairägyam—renunciation; ucyate—is called;
präpaïcikatayä—as material; buddhyä—with the understanding;
hari-sambandhi-vastunaù—of things which are related to the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, Hari; mumukñubhiù—by those who desire liberation;

178
parityägaù—the renunciation; vairägyam phalgu—inferior renunciation;
kathyate—is termed.

çré-viñëoù—of Lord Çré Visnu; çravaëe—in hearing; parékñit—King Parékñit,


known also as Viñëuräta, or one who is protected by Lord Viñëu;
abhavat—was; vaiyäsakiù—Çukadeva Gosvämé; kértane—in reciting
Çrémad-Bhägavatam; prahlädaù—Mahäräja Prahläda; smaraëe—in
remembering; tat-aìghri—of Lord Viñëu's lotus feet; bhajane—in serving;
lakñméù—the goddess of fortune; påthuù—Mahäräja Påthu; püjane—in
worshiping the Deity of the Lord; akrüraù—Akrüra; tu—but; abhivandane—in
offering prayers; kapi-patiù—Hanumänjé, or Vajräìgajé; däsye—in servitude to
Lord Rämacandra; atha—moreover; sakhye—in friendship; arjunaù—Arjuna;
sarvasva-ätma-nivedane—in fully dedicating oneself; baliù—Mahäräja Bali;
abhüt—was; kåñëa-äptiù—the achievement of the lotus feet of Lord Kåñëa;
eñäm—of all of them; parä—transcendental.

(Quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 22.136)

na—not; premä—love of Godhead; çravaëa-ädi—consisting of chanting,


hearing and so on; bhaktiù—devotional service; api—also; vä—or; yogaù—the
power of mystic yoga; athavä—or; vaiñëavaù—befitting a devotee;
jïänam—knowledge; vä—or; çubha-karma—pious activities; vä—or; kiyat—a
little; aho—O my Lord; sat-jätiù—birth in a good family; api—even;
asti—there is; vä—or; héna-artha-adika-sädhake—who bestows greater
benedictions upon one who is fallen and possesses no good qualities;
tvayi—unto You; tathapi—still; acchedya-mülä—whose root is uncuttable;
saté—being; he—O; gopé-jana-vallabha—most dear friend of the gopés;
vyathayate—gives pain; hä hä—alas; mat—my; äçä—hope; eva—certainly;
mäm—to me.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 23.29)

179
athäsaktis tato bhävas
tataù premäbhyudaïcati
sädhakänäm ayaà premëaù
prädurbhäve bhavet kramaù
ädau—in the beginning; çraddhä—firm faith or disinterest in material affairs
and interest in spiritual advancement; tataù—thereafter;
sädhu-saìgaù—association with pure devotees; atha—then;
bhajana-kriyä—performance of devotional service to Kåñëa (surrendering to
the spiritual master and being encouraged by the association of devotees, so
that initiation takes place); tataù—thereafter; anartha-nivåttiù—the
diminishing of all unwanted habits; syät—there should be; tataù—thereafter;
niñöhä—firm faith; ruciù—taste; tataù—thereafter; atha—then;
äsaktiù—attachment; tataù—then; bhävaù—emotion or affection;
tataù—thereafter; prema—love of God; abhyudaïcati—arises;
sädhakänäm—of the devotees practicing Kåñëa consciousness; ayam—this;
premëaù—of love of Godhead; prädurbhäve—in the appearance; bhavet—is;
kramaù—the chronological order.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 23.14-15)

käma-ädénäm—of my masters such as lust, anger, greed, illusion and envy;


kati—how many; na—not; katidhä—in how many ways; pälitäù—obeyed;
durnideçäù—undesirable orders; teñäm—of them; jätä—generated;
mayi—unto me; na—not; karuëä—mercy; na—not; trapä—shame; na—not;
upaçäntiù—desire to cease; utsåjya—giving up; etän—all these;
atha—herewith; yadu-pate—O best of the Yadu dynasty; sämpratam—now;
labdha-buddhiù—having awakened intelligence; tväm—You;
äyätaù—approached; çaraëam—who are the shelter; abhayam—fearless;
mäm—me; niyuìkñva—please engage; ätma-däsye—in Your personal service.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 22.16)

180
divam—transcendental; jïänam—knowledge; yataù—by which;
dadyat—imparts; karyat—for the matter of; päpasya—of sinful activities;
saìkñayam—complete destruction; tasmät—therefore; dékñeti—initiation;
säù—he; proktä—is called; deçikais—knows; tattva—revealed scriptures;
kovidaiù—expert person.

(Jéva Gosvämé quoted in the purport to Madhya 15.108)

yathä—as surely as; käïcanatäm—gold; yäti—turns; käàsyam—bell-metal;


rasa—quicksilver (mercury); vidhänataù—in the prescribed fashion (i.e. by
the alchemical process); tathä—in the same way; dékñä-vidhänena—by the
proper process of initiation; dvijatvam—a brähmaëa; jäyate—he becomes;
nåëäm—a person.

(Jéva Gosvämé, also Sanätana Gosvämé in Hari-bhakti-viläsa 2.12)

vairägya—detachment from everything that does not help develop Kåñëa


consciousness; vidyä—knowledge; nija—own; bhakti-yoga—devotional service;
çikña-artham—just to instruct; ekaù—the single person; puruñaù—the
Supreme Person; puräëaù—very old, or eternal; çré-kåñëa-caitanya—of Lord
Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu; çaréra-dhäré—accepting the body;
kåpa-ambudhiù—the ocean of transcendental mercy; yaù—who; tam—unto
Him; aham—I; prapadye—surrender.

(Särvabhauma Bhaööäcärya quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 6.254)

ärädhyo—worshipable; bhagavän—the Supreme Lord; vraja éça tanayaù—the


son of Nanda Mahäräja; tad-dhäma—His abode; våndävanam—Våndävaëa;
ramya—pleasing; käcit—which; upäsana—the process of worship;
vraja-vadhü—the gopés of Våndävaëa; vargeëä—by the group; va—or;
kalpitä—performed; çrémad bhägavatam—Çrémad Bhägavatam;

181
pramänam—the standard authority; amalam—spotless; premä—pure love for
Kåñëa; pum-artho—the ultimate goal of life; mahän—great; çré-caitanya
mahäprabho—Lord Çré Kåñëa Caitanya Mahäprabhu; matam—opinion;
idam—this; tatra—that; ädaräù—regard; naù—of us; paraù—the highest.

çuciù—a brähmaëa purified internally and externally; sat-bhakti—of


devotional service without motives; dépta-agni—by the blazing fire;
dagdha—burnt to ashes; durjäti—such as birth in a low family;
kalmañaù—whose sinful reactions; çva-päkaù api—even though born in a
family of dog eaters; budhaiù—by learned scholars; çlägyaù—recognized;
na—not; veda-jïäù api—even though completely conversant in Vedic
knowledge; nästikaù—an atheist.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.74)

bhagavat-bhakti-hénasya—of a person devoid of devotional service to the


Supreme Personality of Godhead; jätiù—birth in a high caste;
çästram—knowledge in revealed scriptures; japaù—pronunciation of mantras;
tapaù—austerities and penances; apräëasya—which is dead; iva—like;
dehasya—of a body; maëòanam—decoration; loka—to the whims of people in
general; raïjanam—simply pleasing.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.75)

sthäna-abhiläñé—desiring a very high position in the material world; tapasi—in


severe austerities and penances; sthitaù—situated; aham—I; tväm—You;
präptavän—have obtained; deva-muni-indra-guhyam—difficult to achieve
even for great demigods, saintly persons and kings; käcam—a piece of glass;
vicinvan—searching for; api—although; divya-ratnam—a transcendental gem;
svämin—O my Lord; kåta-arthaù asmi—I am fully satisfied; varam—any
benediction; na yäce—I do not ask.

182
(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 22.42)

na—not; me—My; abhaktaù—devoid of pure devotional service; catuh-vedé—a


scholar in the four Vedas; mat-bhaktaù—My devotee; çva-pacaù—even from a
family of dog-eaters; priyaù—very dear; tasmai—to him (a pure devotee, even
though born in a very low family); deyam—should be given; tataù—from him;
grähyam—should be accepted (remnants of food); saù—that person; ca—also;
püjyaù—worshipable; yathä—as much as; hi—certainly; aham—I.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.50, 20.58, Antya 16.25)

änukülyasya—of anything that assists devotional service to the Lord;


saìkalpaù—acceptance; prätikülyasya—of anything that hinders devotional
service; varjanam—complete rejection; rakñiñyati—He will protect; iti—thus;
viçväsaù—strong conviction; goptåtve—in being the guardian, like the father
or husband, master or maintainer; varaëam—acceptance; tathä—as well as;
ätma-nikñepa—full self-surrender; kärpaëye—humility; ñaö-vidhä—sixfold;
çaraëa-ägatiù—process of surrender.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 22.100)

kåñëa-bhakti-rasa-bhävitä—absorbed in the mellows of executing devotional


service to Kåñëa; matiù—intelligence; kréyatäm—let it be purchased; yadi—if;
kutaù api—somewhere; labhyate—is available; tatra—there; laulyam—greed;
api—indeed; mülyam—price; ekalam—only; janma-koöi—of millions of births;
sukåtaiù—by pious activities; na—not; labhyate—is obtained.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 8.70)

na—not; aham—I; vipraù—a brähmaëa; na—not; ca—also; nara-patiù—a

183
king or kñatriya; na—not; api—also; vaiçyaù—belonging to the mercantile
class; na—not; çüdraù—belonging to the worker class; na—not; aham—I;
varëé—belonging to any caste, or brahmacäré (A brahmacäré may belong to any
caste. Anyone can become a brahmacäré or lead a life of celibacy.); na—not;
ca—also; gåha-patiù—householder; no—not; vana-sthaù—vänaprastha, one
who, after retirement from family life, goes to the forest to learn how to be
detached from family life; yatiù—mendicant or renunciant; vä—either;
kintu—but; prodyan—brilliant; nikhila—universal; parama-änanda—with
transcendental bliss; pürëa—complete; amåta-abdheù—who is the ocean of
nectar; gopé-bhartuù—of the Supreme Person, who is the maintainer of the
gopés; pada-kamalayoù—of the two lotus feet; däsa—of the servant;
däsa-anudäsaù—the servant of the servant.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 13.80)

çyämam—the form of Çyämasundara; eva—certainly; param—supreme;


rüpam—form; puré—the place; madhu-puré—Mathurä; varä—best;
vayaù—the age; kaiçorakam—fresh youth; dhyeyam—always to be meditated
on; ädyaù—the original transcendental mellow, or conjugal love;
eva—certainly; paraù—the supreme; rasaù—mellow.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.106)

çrutim apare småtim itare bhäratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhétäù


aham iha nandaà vande yasyälinde paraà brahma
çrutim—Vedic literature; apare—someone; småtim—corollary to the Vedic
literature; itare—others; bhäratam—Mahäbhärata; anye—still others;
bhajantu—let them worship; bhava-bhétäù—those who are afraid of material
existence; aham—I; iha—here; nandam—Mahäräja Nanda; vande—worship;
yasya—whose; alinde—in the courtyard; param brahma—the Supreme
Brahman, Absolute Truth.

184
(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 19.96)

piçäcé—a witch or female ghost; päile—meeting; yena—as; mati—mind;


cchanna—covered; haya—becomes; mäyä—the material energy;
grasta—seized; jévera—the living entity; haya—there is; se—of this;
bhäva—attitude; udaya—the development.

(Jagadänanda Paëòita)

kåñëa-bahirmukha—inimical to Kåñëa; haiyä—becoming; bhoga—sense


gratification; väïcha-kare—desires; nikaöa-stha—standing nearby; mäyä—the
illusory energy of the Lord; täre—him; japaöiyä-dhare—slaps down.

(Jagadänanda Paëòita)

väcaù—of speech; vegam—urge; manasaù—of the mind; krodha—of anger;


vegam—urge; jihvä—of the tongue; vegam—urge; udara-upastha—of the belly
and genitals; vegam—urge; etän—these; vegän—urges; yaù—whoever;
viñaheta—can tolerate; dhéraù—sober; sarväm—all; api—certainly;
imäm—this; påthivém—world; saù—that personality; çiñyät—can make
disciples.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

ati-ähäraù—overeating or too much collecting; prayäsaù—overendeavoring;


ca—and; prajalpaù—idle talk; niyama—rules and regulations; ägrahaù—too
much attachment to (or agrahaù—too much neglect of);
jana-saìgaù—association with worldly-minded persons; ca—and;
laulyam—ardent longing or greed; ca—and; ñaòbhiù—by these six;
bhaktiù—devotional service; vinaçyati—is destroyed.

185
(Rüpa Gosvämé)

utsähät—by enthusiasm; niçcayät—by confidence; dhairyät—by patience;


tat-tat-karma—various activities favorable for devotional service;
pravartanät—by performing; saìga-tyägät—by giving up the association of
nondevotees; sataù—of the great previous äcäryas; våtteù—by following in the
footsteps; ñaòbhiù—by these six; bhaktiù—devotional service;
prasidhyati—advances or becomes successful.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

dadäti—gives charity; pratigåhëäti—accepts in return; guhyam—confidential


topics; äkhyäti—explains; påcchati—enquires; bhuìkte—eats; bhojayate—feeds;
ca—also; eva—certainly; ñaö-vidham—six kinds; préti—of love;
lakñaëam—symptoms.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

kåñëa—the holy name of Lord Kåñëa; iti—thus; yasya—of whom; giri—in the
words or speech; tam—him; manasä—by the mind; ädriyeta—one must honor;
dékñä—initiation; asti—there is; cet—if; praëatibhiù—by obeisances; ca—also;
bhajantam—engaged in devotional service; éçam—unto the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; çuçrüñayä—by practical service; bhajana-vijïam—one
who is advanced in devotional service; ananyam—without deviation;
anya-nindä-ädi—of blasphemy of others, etc.; çünya—completely devoid;
hådam—whose heart; épsita—desirable; saìga—association; labdhyä—by
gaining.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

186
dåñöaiù—seen by ordinary vision; svabhäva-janitaiù—born of one's own nature;
vapuñaù—of the body; ca—and; doñaiù—by the faults; na—not;
präkåtatvam—the state of being material; iha—in this world; bhakta
janasya—of a pure devotee; paçyet—one should see; gaìgä-ambhasäm—of the
Ganges waters; na—not; khalu—certainly; budbuda-phena-paìkaiù—by
bubbles, foam and mud; brahma-dravatvam—the transcendental nature;
apagacchati—is spoiled; néra-dharmaiù—the characteristics of water.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

syät—is; kåñëa—of Lord Kåñëa; näma—the holy name; carita-ädi—character,


pastimes and so forth; sitä—sugar candy; api—although; avidyä—of ignorance;
pitta—by the bile; upatapta—afflicted; rasanasya—of the tongue; na—not;
rocikä—palatable; nu—oh, how wonderful it is; kintu—but; ädarät—carefully;
anudinam—every day, or twenty-four hours daily; khalu—naturally; sä—that
(sugar candy of the holy name); eva—certainly; juñöä—taken or chanted;
svädvé—relishable; kramät—gradually; bhavati—becomes; tat-gada—of that
disease; müla—of the root; hantré—the destroyer.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

tat—of Lord Kåñëa; näma—the holy name; rüpa—form; carita-ädi—character,


pastimes and so on; su-kértana—in discussing or chanting nicely;
anusmåtyoù—and in remembering; krameëa—gradually; rasanä—the tongue;
manasé—and one's mind; niyojya—engaging; tiñöhan—residing; vraje—in
Vraja; tat—to Lord Kåñëa; anurägi—attached; jana—persons;
anugämé—following; kälam—time; nayet—should utilize; akhilam—full;
iti—thus; upadeça—of advice or instruction; säram—the essence.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

187
vaikuëöhät—than Vaikuëöha, the spiritual world; janitaù—because of birth;
varä—better; madhu-puré—the transcendental city known as Mathurä; tatra
api—superior to that; räsa-utsavät—because of the performance of the
räsa-lélä; våndä-araëyam—the forest of Våndävana; udära-päëi—of Lord
Kåñëa; ramaëät—because of various kinds of loving pastimes; tatra
api—superior to that; govardhanaù—Govardhana Hill; rädhä-kuëòam—a
place called Rädhä-kuëòa; iha api—superior to this; gokula-pateù—of Kåñëa,
the master of Gokula; prema-amåta—with the nectar of divine love;
äplävanät—because of being overflooded; kuryät—would do; asya—of this
(Rädhä-kuëòa); viräjataù—situated; giri-taöe—at the foot of Govardhana Hill;
seväm—service; viveké—who is intelligent; na—not; kaù—who.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

karmibhyaù—than all fruitive workers; paritaù—in all respects; hareù—by the


Supreme Personality of Godhead; priyatayä—because of being favored;
vyaktim yayuù—it is said in the çästra; jïäninaù—those advanced in
knowledge; tebhyaù—superior to them; jïäna-vimukta—liberated by
knowledge; bhakti-paramäù—those engaged in devotional service;
prema-eka-niñöhäù—those who have attained pure love of God;
tataù—superior to them; tebhyaù—better than them; täù—they;
paçu-päla-paìkaja-dåçaù—the gopés who are always dependent on Kåñëa, the
cowherd boy; täbhyaù—above all of them; api—certainly; sä—She;
rädhikä—Çrématé Rädhikä; preñöhä—very dear; tadvat—similarly; iyam—this;
tadéya-sarasé—Her lake, Çré Rädhä-kuëòa; täm—Rädhä-kuëòa; na—not;
äçrayet—would take shelter of; kaù—who; kåté—most fortunate.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

kåñëasya—of Lord Çré Kåñëa; uccaiù—very highly; praëaya-vasatiù—object of


love; preyasébhyaù—out of the many lovable gopés; api—certainly;
rädhä—Çrématé Rädhäräëé; kuëòam—lake; ca—also; asyäù—of Her;
munibhiù—by great sages; abhitaù—in all respects; tädåk eva—similarly;

188
vyadhäyi—is described; yat—which; preñöhaiù—by the most advanced
devotees; api—even; alam—enough; asulabham—difficult to obtain;
kim—what; punaù—again; bhakti-bhäjäm—for persons engaged in devotional
service; tat—that; prema—love of Godhead; idam—this; sakåt—once;
api—even; saraù—lake; snätuù—of one who has bathed; äviñkaroti—arouses.

(Rüpa Gosvämé)

Selected Verses From the Puräëas

ye—those who; me—My; bhakta-janäù—devotees; pärtha—O Pärtha;


na—not; me—My; bhaktäù—devotees; ca—and; te—those; janäù—persons;
mat-bhaktänäm—of My devotees; ca—certainly; ye—those who;
bhaktäù—devotees; te—such persons; me—My; bhakta-tamäù—most advanced
devotees; matäù—that is My opinion.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 11.28)

açva-medham—a sacrifice offering a horse; gava-älambham—a sacrifice of


cows; sannyäsam—the renounced order of life; pala-paitåkam—an offering of
oblations of flesh to the forefathers; devareëa—by a husband's brother;
suta-utpattim—begetting children; kalau—in the age of Kali; païca—five;
vivarjayet—one must give up.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 17.164)

açétim—eighty; caturaù—four; caiva—certainly; lakñäms—100,000 (i.e.


8,400,000); täï—they; jéva—the living entities; jätiñu—in the various species;
bhramadbhiù—by wandering; purusaiù—by the enjoyers; präpyam—obtained;

189
manuñyam—the human form of life; janma—birth; paryayät—gradual
sequence of evolution; tad—that (human form of life); api—however;
abhalatäm—without perceiving (and therefore spoiling the opportunity);
jätaù—having received a human body; teñäm—their; ätma
abhimäninäm—proud; varäkäëäm—wretched fools; anaçritya—without
having taken shelter; govinda-caraëa-dvayam—the two lotus feet of Govinda.

hareù näma—the holy name of the Lord; hareù näma—the holy name of the
Lord; hareù näma—the holy name of the Lord; eva—certainly; kevalam—only;
kalau—in this age of Kali; na asti—there is none; eva—certainly; na
asti—there is none; eva—certainly; na asti—there is none; eva—certainly;
gatiù—progress; anyathä—otherwise.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 7.76, 17.21, Madhya 6.242)

nämnaù—one name; hi—certainly; yävati—as soon as; çaktiù—the energy;


päpa—sin; nirharaëe—removal; hareù—of Hari; tävat—then; kartum—to
commit; na—not; çaknoti—is able; pätakam—sin which causes one to fall
down; pätaké—the sinner; naraù—a man.

oà—invocation; apavitraù—impure; pavitraù—pure; vä—or;


sarva-avasthäm—to all conditions of life; gataù—gone; api—although; vä—or;
yaù—one who; smaret—can remember; pundaréka-akñam—Lord Kåñëa, who
has beautiful lotus eyes; saù—he; bähya—externally; abhyantaraù—and
internally; çuciù—clean.

aprärabdha—that which has not commenced; phalam—result; päpam—sin;


küöam—stored up; béjam—seed; phala-unmukham—waiting to take effect;
krameëa—in due order; eva—indeed; praléyeta—it will be vanquished;
viñëu-bhakti-ratätmanäm—of one who takes pleasure in devotional service to
Lord Viñëu.

arcye—the worshipable; viñëau—Deity of Lord Viñëu; çila-dhéù—thinking

190
Him to be mere stone; guruñu—the spiritual masters; nara-mati—thinking
them to be mere men; vaiñëave—a Vaiñëava devotee of the Lord;
jäti-buddhiù—thinking him to belong to a particular caste; viñëoù—of Lord
Viñëu; vä—or; vaiñëavänäm—of the Vaiñëava devotees; kali—of the
Kali-yuga; mala—dirt; mathane—which destroys; päda-térthe—in the water
that washes the lotus feet, caraëämåta or the Ganges; ambu-buddhiù—the
thought that it is ordinary water; çré-viñëoù—of Çré Viñëu, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; nämni—the holy Name; mantre—the mantra;
sakala-kaluña-he—which destroys all kinds of impurities; çabde—ordinary
sound vibration; sämänya-buddhiù—the thought that they are equal;
viñëau—Lord Viñëu; sarva-éçvara-éçe—the controller of all other controllers;
tat-itara-sama-dhéù—the thought that anything else can be equal to Him;
yasya—of whom; vä—or; näraké—a resident of hell; saù—he is.

ärädhanänäm—of varieties of worship; sarveñäm—all; viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu;


ärädhanam—worship; param—the most exalted; tasmät—and above such
worship of Lord Viñëu; parataram—of greater value; devi—O goddess;
tadéyänäm—of persons in relationship with Lord Viñëu; samarcanam—rigid
and firm worship.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 11.31)

avaiñëava—of a nondevotee; mukha-udgérëam—coming out of the mouth;


pütam—the pure; hari—of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari;
kathä-amåtam—the nectarean topics; çravaëam—hearing; na—not;
eva—certainly; kartavyam—to be done; sarpa—of a snake; ucchiñöam—the
remnants; yathä—as; payaù—milk.

dvau—two; bhüta—of the living beings; sargau—dispositions; loke—in the


world; asmin—in this; daivaù—godly; äsuraù—demoniac; eva—certainly;
ca—and; viñëu-bhaktaù—a devotee of Lord Viñëu; småtaù—remembered;
daivaù—godly; äsuraù—demoniac; tat-viparyayaù—the opposite of that.

191
(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 3.91)

na—not; aham—I; tiñöhämi—remain; vaikuëöhe—in Vaikuëöha; yoginäm—of


the yogés; hådayeñu—in the hearts; vä—or; tatra—at the respective places;
tiñöhämi—I remain; närada—O Närada; yatra—where; gäyanti—they sing
about Me; mat-bhaktäù—My devotees.

jalajäù—aquatics; nava—nine; lakñäni—100,000; sthävaräù—unmoving


entities such as trees; lakña—100,000; vimçati—twenty; kåmayaù—insects;
rudra—reptiles; saìkhyakäù—numbering eleven lakhs (or 1,100,000);
pakñiëäm—of the birds; daça—ten; lakñaëam—100,000; triàçat—thirty;
lakçani—lakhs (100,000); paçavaù—beasts; catuù—four; laksani—100,000;
mänuñäù—kinds of human beings.

nämaù—the holy name; cintämaëiù—transcendentally blissful giver of all


spiritual benedictions; kåñëaù—not different from Kåñëa;
caitanya-rasa-vigrahaù—the form of all transcendental mellows;
pürëaù—complete; çuddhaù—pure, without material contamination;
nitya—eternal; muktaù—liberated; abhinna-tvät—due to not being different;
näma—of the holy name; näminoù—and of the person who has the name.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 17.133)

sampradäya-vihéna—without being connected with a bona fide sampradäya, or


disciplic succession; ye—which; mantraù—mantras; te—those;
niñphaläù—fruitless; matäù—are considered.

ñaö-karma—in the six prescribed duties of a brähmaëa; nipuëaù—expert;


vipraù—a brähmaëa; mantra—in the matter of hymns and chants;
tantra—and rules and regulations; viçäradaù—very skilled; avaiñëavaù—not a
devotee of Kåñëa; guruù—a spiritual master; na—not; syät—may become;
vaiñëavaù—a devotee of Kåñëa; çva-pacaù—even though born in a family of

192
dog-eaters; guruù—may become a spiritual master.

yaù—any person who; tu—however; näräyaëam—the Supreme Personality of


Godhead, the master of such demigods as Brahmä and Çiva; devam—the Lord;
brahmä—Lord Brahmä; rudra—Lord Çiva; ädi—and others; daivataiù—with
such demigods; samatvena—on an equal level; eva—certainly;
vékñeta—observes; saù—such a person; päñaëòé—atheist, offender;
bhavet—must be; dhruvam—certainly.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 18.116)

ramante—take pleasure; yoginaù—transcendentalists; anante—in the


unlimited; satya-änande—real pleasure; cit-ätmani—in spiritual existence;
iti—thus; räma—Räma; padena—by the word; asau—He; param—supreme;
brahma—truth; abhidhéyate—is called.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 9.29)

smartavyaù—to be remembered; satatam—always; viñëuù—Lord Viñëu;


vismartavyaù—to be forgotten; na—not; jätucit—at any time; sarve—all;
vidhi-niñedhäù—rules and prohibitions mentioned in the revealed scripture or
given by the spiritual master; syuù—should be; etayoù—of these two principles
(always to remember Kåñëa or Viñëu and never forget Him); eva—certainly;
kiìkaräù—the servants.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 22.113)

nämäparädha—offenses against the holy name; yuktänäm—being attentive to;


nämäni—the Names; eva—certainly; haranti—remove, take away;
agham—offenses; aviçränti—they do not cease except by continuing to chant;
prayuktäni—they employ; tani—they; eva—certainly; artha—purpose;

193
karäëi—perform; ca—and.

mäyävädam—the philosophy of Mäyäväda; asat-çästram—false scriptures;


pracchannam—covered; bauddham—Buddhism; ucyate—it is said; mayä—by
me; eva—only; vihitam—executed; devé—O goddess of the material world;
kalau—in the age of Kali; brähmaëa-mürtinä—having the body of a
brähmaëa.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 6.182)

sva-ägamaiù—with your own theses; kalpitaiù—imagined; tvam—you;


ca—also; janän—the people in general; mat-vimukhän—averse to Me and
addicted to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge; kuru—make;
mäm—Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca—and; gopaya—just
cover; yena—by which; syät—there may be; såñöiù—material advancement;
eña—this; uttara-uttarä—more and more.

(quoted in the Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 6.181)

satäm—devotees of the Lord; nindä—blaspheme; nämnaù—the holy name;


paramam—the greatest; aparädham—offense; vitanute—is; yataù khyätià
yätam—who are engaged in preaching the glories of the Lord; katham u
sahate—will never tolerate; tad-vigarhäm—such blasphemous activities.

çivasya—the name of Lord Çiva; çré-viñëor—Lord Viñëu; yaù—who; iha—in


this material world; guëa—qualities; näma—name; ädi-sakalam—everything;
dhiyä—with the conception; bhinnam—difference; paçyet—may see; saù—he;
khalu—indeed; hari-nämä—the holy name of the Lord;
ahita-karaù—inauspicious (blasphemous).

guroù—the spiritual master; avajïä—a material conception of;

194
çruti-çästra-nindanam—to blaspheme Vedic literature.

artha-vädaù—to give some interpretation

hari-nämni—the holy name; kalpanam—imaginary.

nämnaù—the holy name; baläd—on the strength; yasya—of who; hi—indeed;


päpa—sin; buddhir—conception; na—not; vidyate—is; tasya—of him;
yamaiù—by austerities; hi—indeed; çuddhiù—purification.

dharma—religious performances or pious deeds; vrata—vows of penance and


austerity; tyäga—renunciation; huta—agnihotra yajïas or sacrificial offerings;
ädi—etc.; sarva—all; çubha—auspicious; kriyä—activities; sämyam—equality;
api—also; pramädaù—inattentive.

açraddadhäne—faithless; vimukhe—reluctant; api—even; açåëvati—does not


want to hear; yaù—one who; ca—and; upadeçaù—instruction;
çiva—auspicious; nämäparädhaù—offense to the holy name.

çrute—who have heard; api—even; näma—the holy name;


mähätmye—theglories; yaù—are; préti—love; rahitaù—devoid; naraù—a
person; aham—false ego; mamädi—false possessions; paramaù—supreme;
nämni—the holy name of the Lord; saù—he; api—even; aparädha—offense;
kåt—doing.
api—also; pramädaù—inattentive.

kalau—in the age of Kali; çüdräù—the class of çüdräs; sambhaväù—everyone


is born.

saù—that; häniù—failure; tat—that; mahat—great; chidram—loss; saù—that;


mohaù—greatest illusion; saù—that; ca—also; vibhramaù—anomaly;

195
yat—that which; muhürtam—short while; kñanam—an instant; vä—or;
api—indeed; väsudevam—Kåñëa; na—does not; cintayet—think of
(remember).

hlädiné—the pleasure potency; sandhiné—the eternity potency; samvit—the


knowledge potency; tvayi—in You; ekä—one spiritual (cit) potency;
sarva-saàçraye—the shelter of everything; hläda—pleasure;
täpa-karé—causing displeasure; miçrä—mixed; tvayi—in You; no—not;
guëa-varjite—devoid of all material qualities.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 4.63, Madhya 6.157, 8.156)

namaù—all obeisances; brahmaëya-deväya—to the Lord worshipable by


persons in brahminical culture; go-brähmaëa—for cows and brähmaëas;
hitäya—beneficial; ca—also; jagat-hitäya—to one who always is benefiting the
whole world; kåñëäya—unto Kåñëa; govindäya—unto Govinda; namaù
namaù—repeated obeisances.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 13.77)

yuvaténäm—a young girl; yathä—just as; yüni—a young boy; yünäm—a young
boy, ca—and; yuvatau—a young girl; yathä—as; manaù—mind;
abhiramate—take pleasure; tadvat—so; manaù—mind; me—my;
ramatäm—take pleasure; tvayi—in You.

(quoted in lectures by Çréla Prabhupäda)

eka-deça—in one place; sthitasya—being situated; agneù—of fire; jyotsnä—the


illumination; vistäriëé—expanded everywhere; yathä—just as; parasya—of the
Supreme; brahmaëaù—of the Absolute Truth; çaktiù—the energy;
tathä—similarly; idam—this; akhilam—entire; jagat—universe.

196
varëa-äçrama-äcäravatä—who behaves according to the four divisions of
social order and four divisions of spiritual life; puruñeëa—by a man;
paraù—the Supreme; pumän—person; viñëuù—Lord Viñëu; ärädhyate—is
worshipped; panthä—way; na—not; anyat—another; tat-toña-käraëam—cause
of satisfying the Lord.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 8.58)

aiçvaryasya—of opulence or wealth; samagrasya—in full; véryasya—of


strength, power; yaçasaù—of fame; çriyaù—of beauty; jïäna—of knowledge;
vairägyayoù—and of renunciation; ca—and; eva—certainly; ñaëëam—of the
six; bhaga—opulence; iti—thus; iìgaëa—the division.

viñëu-çaktiù—the internal potency of Lord Viñëu, the Supreme Personality of


Godhead; parä—spiritual; proktä—said; kñetra-jïä—the living entities;
akhyä—known as; tathä—also; parä—spiritual; avidyä—nescience, or
godlessness; karma—and fruitive activities; samjïä—known as;
anyä—another; tåtéyä—third; çaktiù—potency; iñyate—is accepted as.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 7.119,


Madhya 6.154, 8.153, 20.112, 24.308)

yayä—by which; kñetra-jïa-çaktiù—the living entities, known as the kñetra-jïa


potency; sä—that potency; veñöitä—covered; nåpa—O King;
sarva-gä—capable of going anywhere in the spiritual or material worlds;
saàsära-täpän—miseries due to the cycle of repeated birth and death;
akhilän—all kinds of; aväpnoti—obtains; atra—in this material world;
santatän—arising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to
fruitive activities.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 6.155, 20.114)

197
Selected Verses From Mahä-bhärata

acintyäù—inconceivable; khalu—certainly; ye—those; bhäväù—subject


matters; na—not; tän—them; tarkeëa—by argument; yojayet—one may
understand; prakåtibhyaù—to material nature; param—transcendental;
yat—that which; ca—and; tat—that; acintyasya—the inconceivable;
lakñaëam—symptom.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 17.308)

ahani ahani—day after day; bhütäni—many living entities; gacchanti—go;


iha—in this world; yamälayam—to the abode of Death; çeñäù—those who are
remaining; sthävaram—a permanent situation; icchanti—aspire for;
kim—what; äçcaryam—astonishing; ataù param—more than this.

King Yudiñöhira's answer to Yamaräja's question,


"What is the most wonderful thing in this world?"

tarkaù—dry argument; apratiñöhaù—not fixed;çrutayaù-Vedas;


vibhinnä—possessing different departments; na—not; asau—that; åñiù—great
sage; yasya—whose; matam—opinion; na—not; bhinnam—separate;
dharmasya—of religious principles; tattvam—truth; nihitam—placed;
guhäyäm—in the heart of a realized person; mahä-janaù—self-realized
predecessors; yena—by which way; gataù—acted; saù—that; panthäù—the
pure, unadulterated path.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 17.186, 25.57)

suvarëa-varëaù—whose complexion is like gold; hema-aìgaù—having a body

198
like molten gold; vara-aìgaù—whose body is very beautifully constructed;
candana-aìgadé—smeared with the pulp of sandalwood;
sannyäsa-kåt—accepting the renounced order of life; çamaù—self-controlled;
çäntaù—peaceful; niñöhä—firmly fixed; çanti—bringing peace by propagating
the Hare Kåñëa mahä-mantra; paräyaëaù—always in the ecstatic mood of
devotional service.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Ädi 3.49, Madhya 6.104, 10.170)

kåñiù—the verbal root kåñ; bhü—attractive existence; väcakaù—signifying;


çabdaù—word; ëaù—the syllable ëa; ca—and; nirvåti—spiritual pleasure;
väcakaù—indicating; tayoù—of both; aikyam—amalgamation;
param—supreme; brahma—Absolute Truth; kåñëaù—Lord Kåñëa; iti—thus;
abhidhéyate—is called.

(quoted in Caitanya-caritämåta Madhya 9.30)

Selected Verses from other Vedic Literatures

ähära—eating; nidrä—sleeping; bhaya—fearing; maithunam ca—and sex life;


sämänyam—in common; etat—this group of activities; paçubhiù—with the
animals; naräëäm—of the men; dharmaù—spiritual life; hi—indeed;
teñäm—of them; adhikaù—the better thing; viçeñaù—the special property;
dharmeëa—spiritual life; hénäù—without; paçubhiù—with the animals;
samänäù—on the same platform.

na—not; striyam—of women; svatantram—independence; arhati—is allowed.

pravåttiù—activities of attachment; eñä—this; bhütänäm—living beings in the


material world; nivåttiù—activities of detachment; tu—but; mahä-phalä—the

199
greatest fruit.

ärädhitaù—worshiped; yadi—if; hariù—Kåñëa; tapasä—by austerity;


tataù—then; kim—what; na—not; ärädhitaù—worshiped; yadi—if;
hariù—Hari, Kåñëa; tapasä—by austerity; tataù—then; kim—what.

aihiñöam—desired; yat—which; tat—that; punaù—again; janma—birth;


jayäya—conquering.

(Viçvamitra Muni enquires from King Daçaratha)

oà—invocation; tad—that; viñëoù—of Lord Viñëu; paramam—the supreme;


padam—abode; sadä—always; paçyanti—they see; sürayaù—the devotees;
divéva—divine; cakñuù—the eye; ätatam—the sun's rays; tad—that;
vipräsaù—the brähmaëas; vipanyavaù—the praise worthy;
jägåvämñaù—spiritually awake; samindhate—they reveal; viñëoù—of Viñëu;
yat—whose; paramam—supreme; padam—abode.

Selected Verses from Previous Äcäryas

kåpä—mercy; ambudhiù—ocean; yaù—who; para—others;


duùkha—unhappiness; duùkhé—suffering on account of.

(Vilapa-kusumäïjali 6)

duñöa—sinful; mana—mind; tumi—you; kisera—what kind of;


vaiñëava—devotee of the Lord; pratiñöhära—making a show of devotion;
tare—for the purpose of; nirjanera—solitary; ghare—home; tava—your;
hari-näma—the holy name of the Lord; kevala kaitava—cheating process.

200
prän—life; ache—has; yar—he who; sei—he; hetu—cause; prachar—he can
preach.

(Quoted by Çréla Prabhupäda in a letter to


Brahmänanda Däsa, September 2, 1972)

bhaktis—devotional service; tvayi—unto You; sthiratarä—fixed up;


bhagavan—the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yadi—if; syäd—it may be;
daivena—by destiny; naù—unto us; phalati—bears a fruit;
divya—transcendental; kiçora-mürtiù—the eternal youthful form of Lord
Kåñëa; muktiù—liberation; svayam—personally; mukulitäïjali—standing with
folded hands; sevate—renders service; asmän—unto us; dharma—religion;
artha—economic development; käma—sense gratification; gatayaù—the end
goals; samaya—nearby; pratékñäù—expecting.

kevala—only; änanda—spiritual joy; käëòa—source.

(Çré Çré Gaura-Nityänander Dayä Verse 1)

kåñëa—O Kåñëa; tvadéya—our; pada-paìkaja—of the lotus feet; païjara—the


network; antam—inside; adya—today; eva—certainly; viçatu—may enter;
me—my; mänasa—of my mind; räja-haàsaù—the swan; präëa-prayäëa—the
departure of my life; samaye—at the time of; kapha—by mucus; väta—bodily
air; pittaiù—and bile; kaëöha—of the throat; avarodhana—the choking of the
breath; vidhau—in that condition; smaraëam—the memory; kuta—how will it
be possible; te—of You.

dante—between the teeth; nidhäya—placing; tåëakam—a blade of grass;


padayor—your feet; nipatya—falling down; kåtvä—having done; ca—and;
käku çatam—a hundred times flattering; etat—this; aham—I;
bravémi—submit; he sädhavaù—O great personality; sakalam—completely;

201
eva—indeed; vihäya—leaving aside; dürät—at a distance;
caitanya-candra-caraëe—the lotus feet of Lord Çré Caitanya Mahäprabhu;
kuruta—just get; anurägam—a taste for.

kaivalyam—the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman;


narakäyate—is considered hellish; tri-daça-pür—the heavenly planets;
äkäça-puñpäyate—something imaginary, like a flower in the sky;
durdänta—formidable; indriya—the senses; käla-sarpa—venomous snake;
paöalé—multitude; protkhäta—extracted; daàñöräyate—teeth; viçvam—the
material world; pürëa—completely; sukhäyate—happy; vidhi—Lord Brahmä;
mahendra—Indra, the king of heaven; ädiù—the demigods; ca—and;
kéöäyate—become like an insect; yat—of whom; käruëya—mercy;
kaöäkña—glance; vaibhavavatäm—of the most confidential devotee;
tam—unto; gauram—Lord Caitanya Mahäprabhu; eva—certainly;
stumaù—glorify.

bhaja—just worship; govindam—Govinda; müòha-mate—O fool;


sampräpte—attained; sannihite—placed; käle—when the time; na—not;
hi—indeed; rakñati—protects; dukån-karaëe—the grammatical affix dukån.

näri—a woman's; stanä—breasts; bhäram—heavy; näbhi-deçam—waist;


dåñövä—seeing; mä-gä—don't go; moha—illusion, attraction; veçyäm—by such
a woman; etäm—these; mämsa—flesh, fat; väsaù—outward dress; ädi—etc.;
vikarä—transformation; manasi—in your mind; vicintäya—you should
consider; bhäram—seriously; bhäram—very seriously.

brahma—Brahman, the Supreme Spirit; satyam—is truth; jagat—the material


world; mithyä-is false.

näräyaëa—Näräyaëa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; paraù—beyond,


or superior to; avyaktät—the unmanifested source of the material creation.

202
bhägavata—Çrémad-Bhägavatam; giyä—going; porä—study;
bhägavata—devotees; sthäne—at the place.

(See also Caitanya-caritämåta Antya 5.131)

yad-avadhi—ever since; mama—my; cetaù—mind; kåñëa-päda-äravinde—at


the lotus feet of Kåñëa; nava-nava—newer and newer; rasa-dhämani—the
glories of transcendental taste; udyata—has arisen; rantum—to enjoy;
äsét—was; tad-avadhi—since then; bata—ah!; näré-saìgame—the association
of women for sense gratification; smaryamäne—being remembered;
bhavati—it becomes; mukha-vikäraù—lips or face contorted in disgust;
suñöu—exceedingly; niñöhévanam—in the act of spitting; ca—and.

bhavantam—You; eva—certainly; anucaran—serving; nirantaraù—always;


praçänta—pacified; niùçeña—all; manaù-ratha—desires; antaraù—other;
kadä—when; aham—I; aikäntika—exclusive; nitya—eternal;
kiìkaraù—servant; praharñayiñyämi—I shall become joyful; sa-nätha—with a
fitting master; jévitam—living.

Selected Verse Songs From Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura

udila—rising; aruëa—the redness that preceeds the rising sun;


püraba—eastern; bhäge—quarter; dvija-maëi—jewel of the twiceborn;
gorä—Lord Caitanya; amani—Himself; jäge—awakened.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

jévana—life; anitya—temporary; jänaha—know; sär—in truth; tähe—in that;


nänä-vidha—various kinds of; vipada-bhär—dangers; nämäçraya kori'—take

203
shelter of the holy name; jatane—carefully; tumi—you; thäkaha—remain;
äpana—in your own; käje—activities.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

jéva—O living entity; jäga—wake up; gauracända—Lord Caitanya; bole—calls;


kota—how long; nidrä jäo—you sleep; mäyä-piçäcéra—of the witch Mäyä;
kole—in the lap.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

mänasa—mind; deho—body; geho—family; jo—whatever; kichu—little;


mora—mine; arpilü—offered; tuyä—Your; pade—to the feet;
nanda-kiçora—O youthful son of Nanda.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

märobi—kill; räkhobi—protect; yo—whatever; icchä—desire; tohärä—Your;


nitya-däsa—eternal servant; prati—towards; tuyä—You; adhikärä—owner.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

kéöa—worm; janma—birth; hau—let it be; jathä—so long as; tuyä—Your;


däsa—servant; bahir-mukha—adverse; brahma-janme—born as Brahmä;
nähi—not; äça—become.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

ye dina—when; gåhe—at home; bhajana—the worship; dekhi—I see;

204
gåhete—in the home; goloka—Goloka Våndävana; bhäya—appears;
caraëa—the lotus feet of the Lord; sédhu—the nectar; dekhiyä gaìgä—upon
seeing the Ganges; sukha—happiness; nä—no; sémä—limits; päya—does not
find.

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

(Çréla Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura)

Selected Verse Songs From Narottama däsa Öhäkura

hari—O Lord Hari; biphale—uselessly; janama—my life; goìäinu—I have


spent; manuñya-janama—human birth; päiyä—having obtained;
rädhä-kåñëa—Rädhä and Kåñëa; nä—not; bhajiyä—worshiping;
jäniyä—having understood; çuniyä—having heard; biña—poison; khäinu—I
have drunk.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

golokera—of Goloka Våndävana; prema-dhana—the treasure of love for


Kåñëa; hari-näma-saìkértana—the glorification of the holy name of Lord Hari;
rati—attraction; nä—not; janmilo—manifest; kene—why; täya saàsära—of
material existence; biña—of poison; anale—in the fire; dibä-niçi—day and
night; hiyä jvale—burns; juòäite—spreads; nä—not; koinu—spreads;
upäya—the remedy.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

205
braja—of Vraja; indra—of the king; nandana—the son; yei—who is;
çacé-suta—the son of mother Çacé; hoilo—has become; sei—He is;
balaräma—Balaräma; hoilo—has become; nitäi—Lord Nityänanda;
déna—poor; héna—and fallen; yata—who; chilo—were; hari-näme—the name
of Lord Hari; uddhärilo—were delivered; tära—of this; çäkñi—testimony;
jagäi—Jagäi; mädhäi—Mädhäi.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

hä—O; hä—O; prabhu—Lord; nanda-suta—son of Nanda Mahäräja;


våñabhänu-sutä—the daughter of Mahäräja Våñabhänu; yuta—accompanied;
karuëä—mercy; karoho—please give; ei-bäro—this time;
narottama-däsa—Narottama däsa; kaya—says; nä—do not; öheliho—push
away; räìgä—reddish lotus feet; päya—having attained; tomä—for You;
bine—except; ke—who; äche—is; ämära—mine.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

gauräìga—Gauräìga; bolite—saying; habe—will; pulaka—with shivering;


çaréra—body; hari—O Hari; hari—O Hari; bolite—saying; nayane—on the
eyes; ba'be—flaws; néra—tears.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

ära—and; kabe—will be; nitäi—of Lord Nityänanda; cänder—of the moon;


karuëä—mercy; hoibe—will be; saàsära—of material existence; bäsanä—the
desire; mora—my; kabe—when; tuccha—insignificant; ha'be—will be.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

206
viñaya—material sense gratification; chäòiyä—giving up; kabe—when;
çuddha—when; ha'be—will be; mana—the mind; kabe—when; häma—I;
herabo—I will see; çré-våndävana—Çré Våndävana-dhäma.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

rüpa—Rüpa Gosvämé; raghunätha—Raghunätha däsa Gosvämé; pade—the


books; hoibe—will be; äkuti—eagerness; kabe—when; häma—I; bujhabo—I
will understand; se—this; yugala—the divine couple; périti—love.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

ei—that one; chaya—six; gosäi—Gosvämé; yära—a lover; mui—I; tära—of


him; däsa—servant; täì'—them; sabära—of all; pada—feet; reëu—dust;
mora—my; païca—five; gräsa—foodstuffs.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

tändera—of them (the Six Gosvämés); caraëa—feet; sevi—servants;


bhakta—devotees; sane—in association; väsa—live; janame janame—birth
after birth; hoy—is; ei—this; abhiläsa—desire.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

chäòiyä—giving up; vaiñëava-sevä—service of the Vaiñëavas; nistara—firm


faith; payeche—will not get liberation; kebä—someone.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

207
karma-käëòa—fruitive activities; jïäna-käëòa—philosophical speculation
described in the Vedas; kevala—only; viñera—of poison; bhäëòa—containers;
amåta—nectar; baliyä—saying; yebä—whoever; khäya—eats; nänä—various;
yoni—species; sadä—always; phire—stays; kadarya—abominable substances or
stool; bhakñaëa—teaching; kare—does; tära—his; janma—birth;
adhaù-päte—falling down; yäya—attaining.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

sadhu—saintly persons; çästra—the holy scriptures; guru—the bona fide


spiritual master; väkya—the words of; cittete—in the heart; kariyä—having
done; aikya—one (nondifferent).

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

käma—lust; kåñëa—to Lord Kåñëa; kärma—deeds; arpaëe—in offering;


krodha—anger; bhakta—devotees; dweçi-jane—towards the enemies;
lobha—greed; sädhu-saìge—the association of saintly devotees;
hari-kathä—the glories of Lord Hari; moha—bewilderment; iñöa—worshipable;
labha—attainment; bine—without; mada—madness; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa;
guëa—qualities; gäne—in glorifying; niyukta kariba—I will engage; yathä—as;
tathä—in that way.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

çré-kåñëa-caitanya—Çré Kåñëa Caitanya; prabhu—O Lord; doyä—mercy;


koro—please do; more—to me; tomä—You; binä—except for; ke—who?;
dayälu—is merciful; jagat-saàsäre—in this material world.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

208
patita-pävana—deliverer of the most fallen; hetu—the reason; tava—Your;
avatära—incarnation; mo sama—like me; patita—fallen; prabhu—O Lord;
nä—not; päibe—there; ära—another.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

hä—O; hä—O; prabhu—Lord; nityänanda—Nityänanda;


premänanda—spiritual bliss; sukhé—joyful; kåpa—of mercy; balokana—glance;
koro—please do; ämi—I; boòo—very; duùkhé—unhappy.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

gauräìgera—of Lord Gauräìga; saìgi-gaëe—the associates;


nitya-siddha—perfect; kori'—doing; mäne—in the mind; se—he;
yäya—attaining; braja-indra-süta—the prince of Vraja; päça—nearness.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

çré-gauòa-maëòala-bhümi—the land where Lord Caitanya performed pastimes;


yebä—whoever; jäne—understands; cintämaëi—transcendental abode;
tära—of him; haya—is; vraja-bhüme—in Vrajabhümi; väsa—residence.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

guru-mukha-padma-väkya—the instructions emanating from the lotus mouth


of the spiritual master; cittete—in the consciousness; koriyä-aikya—making
exclusively established; är—anything else; nä—not; koriho mane äçä—do not
aspire for.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

209
cakhu—of the eyes; däna—gift; dila—gives; yei—who; janme janme—birth
after birth; prabhu—master; sei—he; divya—transcendental;
jïäna—knowledge; håde—in the heart; prokäçita—manifests.

(Narottama däsa Öhäkura)

Selected Verse Songs from Jayadeva Gosvämé

tava—Your; kara-kamala—lotuslike hands; vare nakham—nails;


adbhuta—wonderful; çåìga—pointed; dalita—killed;
hiraëyakaçipu—Hiryaëyakaçipu; tanu-bhåìgam—body like a wasp;
keçava—Lord Kåñëa; dhåta—assuming; narahari-rüpa—the form of half-man,
half-lion; jaya—all glories; jagadéça—Lord of the universe; hare—O Hari.

(Jayadeva Gosvämé)

nindäsé—decrying; yajïa-vidher—animal sacrifice; ahaha—completely;


çruti-jätam—Vedic rituals; sadaya-hådaya—heart full of compassion;
darçita—upon seeing; paçu-ghätam—killing of animals; keçava—Lord Kåñëa;
dhåta—assuming; buddha-çaréra—the form of Lord Buddha; jaya—all glories;
jagadéça—Lord of the universe; hare—O Hari.

(Jayadeva Gosvämé)

Selected Verses from the Néti Çästra by Cäëakya Paëòita

210
ätma-mätä—one's own mother; guroù-patné—the wife of the guru;
brähmaëi—the wife of a brähmaëa; räja-patnikä—the wife of a king;
dhenuù—the cow; dhätré—the nurse; tathä—thus; påthvé—the earth; sapta
etä—these seven; mätaraù—mothers; småtäù—should be remembered as.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

avidyam—without knowledge; jévanam—life; çünyam—empty or void;


dik-çünyäù—all directions are void; ca—and; abändhaväù—persons without
family or friends; putra-hénam—without a son; gåham—the home;
çünyam—void; sarva-çünyä—that which makes everything void;
daridratä—poverty.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

äyuñaù—of life; kñanaù—a moment; ekaù—one; api—even; na—not;


labhyaù—obtainable; svarëa-koöibhiù—for millions of gold coins; na cet—if
not; nirarthakam—useless; nétiù—behavior; kä—what; ca—and; häniù—loss;
tataù—than that; adhikä—greater.

(Cäëakya Paëòita çloka 34)

durjanaù—an evil man; parihartavyo—should be avoided; vidyaya—by


knowledge; alaìkåtaù—decorated; api—although; san—being; maëinä—by a
jewel; bhüñitaù—adorned; sarpaù—a snake; kim asau—is that; na—not;
bhayaìkaraù—fearful.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

duñöä—wicked; bhäryä—wife; çaöham—deceitful; mitram—friend;

211
bhåtyaù—servant; ca—and; uttara-däyakaù—impertinent; sa-sarpe—with
serpents; ca—and; gåhe—in the house; väsaù—residence; måtyuù—death;
eva—certainly; na—not; saàçayaù—doubt.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

ekena—by one; api—only; ku-våkñeëa—bad tree; koöara-sthena—in the


hollow; vahninä—by a fire; dahyate—is burned; tat—of that; vanam—the
forest; sarvam—entire; ku-putreëa—by a bad son; kulam—family; yathä—just
as.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

kaù-arthaù—what is the value; putreëa—with a son; jätena—born; yaù—who;


na—not; vidvän—learned; na—not; dhärmikaù—religious;
käëena-cakñuñä—with a blind eye; kiàvä—or; cakñuù—eye; piòä—pain;
eva—certainly; kevalam—only.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

mätåvat—like one's mother; para-däreñu—others' wives;


para-dravyeñu—others' positions; loñöravat—like a lump of clay; ätmavat—like
one's self; sarva-bhüteñu—all living beings; yaù—who; paçyati—sees; saù—he;
paëòitaù—a learned man.

(Cäëakya Paëòita çloka 10)

lälayet—one should fondle; païca-varñäëi—for five years; daça-varñäëi—for


ten years; täòayet—one should punish; präpte—when he has reached; tu—but;
ñoòaçe varñe—the sixteenth year; putram—unto the son; mitra-vat—like a

212
friend; äcaret—one should act.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

lälane—in fondling; bahavaù—many; doñäù—faults; täòane—in administering


punishment; bahavaù—many; guëäù—good qualities; tasmät—therefore;
putram—a son; ca—and; çiñyam—a student; ca—and; täòayet—should punish;
na—not; tu—but; lälayet—should fondle.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

mätä—an affectionate mother; yasya—who; gåhe—in the home; na—not;


asti—there is; bhäryä—a wife; ca—and; priya-vädiné—unkind, harsh speech;
araëyam—forest; tena—by him; gantavyam—one should go; yathä—so as;
araëyam—the forest; tathä—so; gåham—the home.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

mürkhä—fools; yatra—where na—not; püjyante—are worshiped;


dhänyam—grain; yatra—where; susaïcitam—nicely stocked; dampatyoù—of
husband and wife; kalaù—quarrel; na—not; asti—is; tatra—there;
çréù—goddess of fortune; svayam—personally; ägatäù—has come.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

viñäd—from poison; api—even; amåtam—nectar; grähyam—is to be taken;


amedhyät—from an impure place; api—even; käïcanam—gold; nécät—from a
low-born person; api—even; uttamam—the best; jïänam—knowledge;
stré-ratnam—a jewel of a woman; duñkulät—from a low family; api—even.

213
(Cäëakya Paëòita)

åñi—sage; çraddha—funeral ceremony; ajä—male goat; yuddhe—fight;


prabhäte—in the morning; megha—cloud; garjane—roar of thunder;
dampatya—between husband and wife; kalahe—quarrel; ca—and;
eva—certainly; bahu—grand; arambhe—beginning; laghu—small;
kriyä—activity.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

payaù-pänam—drinking milk; bhujaìgänäm—of the snakes; kevalam—only;


viña-vardhanam—increasing the poison; upadeçaù—the instruction;
hi—certainly; mürkhänäm—of fools; prakopäya—for anger; na—not;
çäntaye—peace of mind.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

rüpa—beauty; yauvana—youth; sampannäù—endowed with; viçäla-kula—in a


high family; sambhaväù—persons who are born; vidyä-hénäù—without
knowledge; na çobhante—do not appear radiant; nirgandhäù—devoid of
fragrance; iva—like; kiàçukäù—the flowers of the Kimçuka tree.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

sarpaù—a snake; krüraù—fierce; khalaù—an evil man; krüraù—fierce;


sarpät—than a snake; krürataraù—more ferocious; khalaù—an evil man;
mantra-auñadhi—by mantras and herbs; vaçaù—controlled; sarpaù—a snake;
khalaù—an evil man; kena—by what means; niväryate—is controlled.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

214
påthivé-bhüñaëam—the ornament of the earth; räjä—is the king; näréëäm—of
women; bhüñaëam—the ornament; patiù—is the husband;
çarvaré-bhüñaëam—the ornament of night; candro—is the moon;
vidyä—knowledge; sarvasya—of everything; bhüñaëam—ornament.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

tyaja—renounce; durjana-saàsargam—the association of demoniac persons;


bhaja—partake of; sädhu-samägamam—the association of devotees;
kuru—perform; puëyam—pious deeds; ahaù-rätram—both day and night;
smara—remember; nityam—always; anityatäm—the temporary nature of this
world.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

varam—better; ekaù—one; guëé—good qualities; putraù—a son; na—not;


ca—and; mürkha-çataiù—hundreds of fools; api—even; ekaù—one;
candraù—moon; tamaù—darkness; hanti—destroys; na—not; ca—and;
tärä-gaëaiù—innumerable stars; api—even.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

viçväsaù—trust; na—never; eva—certainly; kartavyaù—should be done;


stréñu—unto a woman; räja-kuleñu—a politician; ca—and.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

rëa-kartä—a debtor; pita—father; çatruù—an enemy; mätä—mother;


ca—also; vyabhicäriné—unfaithful; bhäryä—wife; rüpavaté—beautiful;

215
çatruù—an enemy; putraù—a son; çatruù—enemy; apaëòitaù—ignorant.

(Cäëakya Paëòita)

çaöhe—in a cheating situation (i.e. when dealing with a cheat); çäöhyama—like


a cheat; äcareta—one should behave.

Çrémad-Bhägavatam lecture, Mäyäpur, October 20, 1974

Verses by Non Devotees

åëam kåtvä—going into debt; ghåtam—ghee; pibet—one should eat; yävaj—so


long as; jévet—one may live; sukham—happily; jévet—he should live;
bhasmé-bhütasya—of that which becomes ashes; dehasya—of the body;
kutaù—how; punaù—again; ägamanaù—coming; bhavet—will be.

yata—as many; mata—opinions; tata—that many; patha—ways.

Quotes from Other Sources

bhajan—worship; kara—perform; sädhana—regulative devotional activities;


kara—perform; murte—at the time of death; jänle—to know; hoy—is.

bhäñyam—commentary; brahma-sütränäm—on the Vedänta-sütra.


punar—again; müñikaù—a mouse; bhava—become.

216
gavayä—cows; dhanavän—possessing wealth; dhänya—grains;
dhanavän—possessing wealth.

harim—Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vinä—without the grace


of; na eva—not able; måtim—death; taranti—to cross over.

janmanä—by birth; jäyate—one is born; çüdraù—a çüdra; saàskarät—by the


process of reformatory ceremonies such as initiation by a spiritual master;
bhavet—one may become; dvijaù—twice-born brähmaëa; veda-päöhäd—study
of the Vedas; bhaved—one may become; vipro—a vipra (learned brähmaëa)
brahma—the Supreme Spirit; jänätéti—knows; brähmanaù—a brähmaëa.
(Note: See Çrémad-Bhägavatam 1.12.29 for the difference between a brähmaëa and a vipra.)

ghute—dry cow dung paddy; pore—burns; gobar—wet cow dung paddy;


hase—smiles.

janame janame—birth after birth; sabe—everybody; pitä—father; mätä—and


mother; paya—gets; kåñëe—Lord Kåñëa; guru—spiritual master; nahi—do not;
mile—come in contact with; bhaja—worship; hari—Lord Hari; ei—this.

païcäç—fifty; ürdhvam—above; vanam—forest; vrajet—one should go.

räkhe—protect; kåñëa—Lord Kåñëa; märe—kill; ke—who; märe—kill;


kåñëa—Kåñëa; rakhe—protect; ke—who.

yoga—the practice of yoga; indriya—the senses; saàyama—to control.

räja-putra—O prince; cirat—a long time; jéva—live; mä jéva—do notlive;


muni—a sage; putraka—O son; jéva—live; vä—or; maro—die; sädhur—O
saintly person; mä jéva—do not live; marä—die; iti—thus.

217
gåhe—home; çatrum—enemy; api—if; präptam—receive; viçvastam—trust;
akutobhayam—without fear.

yasmin—to Him; tuñöe—satisfied; jagat—the whole world; tuñöam—satisfied.

asaìgaù—not connected to the material world; hi—certainly; ayam—this;


puruñaù—the living entity.

ätyantika—ultimate; duùkha—suffering; nivåtti—finish.

yävad—as much as; artha—economic conditions; prayojanam—necessities.

sarve—everyone; sukhino—happy; bhavantu—become.


ii

bhäva—spiritual intention; grähé—who is influenced; janärdana—Lord Kåñëa,


the maintainer of all people.

ätmavan—just like himself; manyate—thinks; jagat—the whole world.

caëòäla—an outcaste, and untouchable (a dog-eater); api—even;


dvija-çreñöha—the best of the twice-born (brähmaëas);
hari-bhakti-paräyaëaù—a person who has concluded that devotional service
for Kåñëa is the supreme activity (and is therefore absorbed in serving the
Lord); hari-bhakti-vihénaù—one devoid of devotional service; ca—and;
dvija—(even if he is) twice-born; çvapaca—a person who cooks (and therefore
eats) dogs; adhamaù—the lowest.

satyam—truth; brüyät—speak; priyam—pleasing; brüyät—speak; mä—do not;


brüyät—speak; satyam—truth; apriyam—not pleasing.
iii

218
andha—blind man; paìgu—lame man; nyäya—logic.

tandula—rice; våçcika—scorpion; nyäya—logic.

küpa—well; maëòüka—frog; nyäya—logic.

The logic of the frog in the well.

i
These are the twelve qualifications of a perfect
ii

iii
Çréla Prabhupäda explains that this is only in relation to material truths.

219

You might also like